[multiple changes]
[gcc.git] / gcc / ada / exp_ch4.adb
1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -- --
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
4 -- --
5 -- E X P _ C H 4 --
6 -- --
7 -- B o d y --
8 -- --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2010, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
10 -- --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
20 -- --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
23 -- --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25
26 with Atree; use Atree;
27 with Checks; use Checks;
28 with Debug; use Debug;
29 with Einfo; use Einfo;
30 with Elists; use Elists;
31 with Errout; use Errout;
32 with Exp_Aggr; use Exp_Aggr;
33 with Exp_Atag; use Exp_Atag;
34 with Exp_Ch3; use Exp_Ch3;
35 with Exp_Ch6; use Exp_Ch6;
36 with Exp_Ch7; use Exp_Ch7;
37 with Exp_Ch9; use Exp_Ch9;
38 with Exp_Disp; use Exp_Disp;
39 with Exp_Fixd; use Exp_Fixd;
40 with Exp_Pakd; use Exp_Pakd;
41 with Exp_Tss; use Exp_Tss;
42 with Exp_Util; use Exp_Util;
43 with Exp_VFpt; use Exp_VFpt;
44 with Freeze; use Freeze;
45 with Inline; use Inline;
46 with Namet; use Namet;
47 with Nlists; use Nlists;
48 with Nmake; use Nmake;
49 with Opt; use Opt;
50 with Par_SCO; use Par_SCO;
51 with Restrict; use Restrict;
52 with Rident; use Rident;
53 with Rtsfind; use Rtsfind;
54 with Sem; use Sem;
55 with Sem_Aux; use Sem_Aux;
56 with Sem_Cat; use Sem_Cat;
57 with Sem_Ch3; use Sem_Ch3;
58 with Sem_Ch8; use Sem_Ch8;
59 with Sem_Ch13; use Sem_Ch13;
60 with Sem_Eval; use Sem_Eval;
61 with Sem_Res; use Sem_Res;
62 with Sem_Type; use Sem_Type;
63 with Sem_Util; use Sem_Util;
64 with Sem_Warn; use Sem_Warn;
65 with Sinfo; use Sinfo;
66 with Snames; use Snames;
67 with Stand; use Stand;
68 with SCIL_LL; use SCIL_LL;
69 with Targparm; use Targparm;
70 with Tbuild; use Tbuild;
71 with Ttypes; use Ttypes;
72 with Uintp; use Uintp;
73 with Urealp; use Urealp;
74 with Validsw; use Validsw;
75
76 package body Exp_Ch4 is
77
78 -----------------------
79 -- Local Subprograms --
80 -----------------------
81
82 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
83 pragma Inline (Binary_Op_Validity_Checks);
84 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
85
86 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
87 (N : Node_Id;
88 Op1 : Node_Id;
89 Op2 : Node_Id);
90 -- If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
91 -- corresponding library procedure.
92
93 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id);
94 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
95 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
96 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
97 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
98
99 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id);
100 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
101 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
102
103 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
104 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
105 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
106 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
107 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
108 -- run-time routine)
109
110 function Expand_Array_Equality
111 (Nod : Node_Id;
112 Lhs : Node_Id;
113 Rhs : Node_Id;
114 Bodies : List_Id;
115 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
116 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
117 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
118 -- Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
119 -- on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
120 -- process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
121 -- at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
122 -- Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
123 -- from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
124 -- Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
125 -- the type to be used for the formal parameters.
126
127 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id);
128 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
129 -- case of array type arguments.
130
131 procedure Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator (N : Node_Id);
132 -- Common expansion processing for short-circuit boolean operators
133
134 function Expand_Composite_Equality
135 (Nod : Node_Id;
136 Typ : Entity_Id;
137 Lhs : Node_Id;
138 Rhs : Node_Id;
139 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id;
140 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
141 -- types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
142 -- to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
143 -- This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
144 -- right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
145 -- are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
146 -- the arrays to compare.
147
148 procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
149 -- Routine to expand concatenation of a sequence of two or more operands
150 -- (in the list Operands) and replace node Cnode with the result of the
151 -- concatenation. The operands can be of any appropriate type, and can
152 -- include both arrays and singleton elements.
153
154 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id);
155 -- N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
156 -- fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
157 -- routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
158 -- determine if the operation must be rounded.
159
160 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
161 (N : Node_Id;
162 T : Entity_Id;
163 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
164 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression for
165 -- created object. If context is an access parameter, create a local access
166 -- type to have a usable finalization list.
167
168 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
169 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
170 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
171 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
172 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
173 -- discriminants.
174 --
175 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
176 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
177 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
178
179 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id);
180 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
181 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
182 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
183
184 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
185 (Typ : Entity_Id;
186 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
187 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
188 -- the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
189 -- dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
190 -- expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
191 -- Sloc value for the generated code.
192
193 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
194 (Typ : Entity_Id;
195 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
196 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
197 -- produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
198 -- b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
199 -- involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
200 -- the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
201 -- constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
202 -- Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
203
204 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
205 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
206 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
207 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
208 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
209 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
210 -- call has no effect.
211
212 procedure Tagged_Membership
213 (N : Node_Id;
214 SCIL_Node : out Node_Id;
215 Result : out Node_Id);
216 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
217 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
218
219 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
220 (Lhs : Node_Id;
221 Op1 : Node_Id;
222 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean;
223 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
224 -- operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
225
226 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
227 pragma Inline (Unary_Op_Validity_Checks);
228 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
229
230 -------------------------------
231 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
232 -------------------------------
233
234 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
235 begin
236 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
237 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
238 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
239 end if;
240 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks;
241
242 ------------------------------------
243 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
244 ------------------------------------
245
246 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
247 (N : Node_Id;
248 Op1 : Node_Id;
249 Op2 : Node_Id)
250 is
251 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
252 Kind : constant Node_Kind := Nkind (Expression (N));
253 Target : constant Node_Id :=
254 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
255 Prefix => Name (N),
256 Attribute_Name => Name_Address);
257
258 Arg1 : constant Node_Id := Op1;
259 Arg2 : Node_Id := Op2;
260 Call_Node : Node_Id;
261 Proc_Name : Entity_Id;
262
263 begin
264 if Kind = N_Op_Not then
265 if Nkind (Op1) in N_Binary_Op then
266
267 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
268
269 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_And then
270 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
271
272 elsif Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Or then
273 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
274
275 else pragma Assert (Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Xor);
276 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
277 end if;
278
279 Call_Node :=
280 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
281 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
282
283 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
284 Target,
285 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
286 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
287 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
288
289 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
290 Prefix => Right_Opnd (Op1),
291 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
292
293 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
294 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
295 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
296
297 else
298 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Not);
299
300 Call_Node :=
301 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
302 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
303 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
304 Target,
305
306 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
307 Prefix => Op1,
308 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
309
310 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
311 Prefix => Op1,
312 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
313 end if;
314
315 else
316 -- We use the following equivalences:
317
318 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
319 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
320 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
321 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
322
323 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
324 if Kind = N_Op_And then
325 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
326 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
327 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
328 else
329 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
330 end if;
331
332 else
333 if Kind = N_Op_And then
334 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_And);
335 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
336 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Or);
337 elsif Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
338 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nxor);
339 Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
340 else
341 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
342 end if;
343 end if;
344
345 Call_Node :=
346 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
347 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
348 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
349 Target,
350 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
351 Prefix => Arg1,
352 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
353 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
354 Prefix => Arg2,
355 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
356 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
357 Prefix => Op1,
358 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
359 end if;
360
361 Rewrite (N, Call_Node);
362 Analyze (N);
363
364 exception
365 when RE_Not_Available =>
366 return;
367 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call;
368
369 --------------------------------
370 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
371 --------------------------------
372
373 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id) is
374 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
375 Orig_Node : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (N);
376 Dtyp : Entity_Id;
377 Etyp : Entity_Id;
378 PtrT : Entity_Id;
379
380 begin
381 -- Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
382 -- interfaces directly.
383
384 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
385 return;
386 end if;
387
388 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
389 and then Nkind (Orig_Node) = N_Allocator);
390
391 PtrT := Etype (Orig_Node);
392 Dtyp := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
393 Etyp := Etype (Expression (Orig_Node));
394
395 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp)
396 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
397 then
398 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
399 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
400 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
401
402 if not Is_Interface (Etyp) then
403 declare
404 Saved_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Orig_Node);
405
406 begin
407 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
408
409 Rewrite (N,
410 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
411 Relocate_Node (N)));
412 Set_Etype (N, Etyp);
413 Set_Analyzed (N);
414
415 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
416 -- the secondary dispatch table.
417
418 Rewrite (N, Convert_To (Dtyp, Relocate_Node (N)));
419 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Dtyp);
420
421 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
422 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
423
424 Rewrite (N,
425 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
426 Prefix => Relocate_Node (N),
427 Attribute_Name => Name_Access));
428 Set_Etype (N, Saved_Typ);
429 Set_Analyzed (N);
430 end;
431
432 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
433 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
434 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
435 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
436 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
437 -- following example:
438
439 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
440 -- begin
441 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
442 -- end Op;
443
444 else
445 Rewrite (N,
446 Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
447 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
448 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Displace), Loc),
449 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
450 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Address),
451 Relocate_Node (N)),
452
453 New_Occurrence_Of
454 (Elists.Node
455 (First_Elmt
456 (Access_Disp_Table (Etype (Base_Type (Dtyp))))),
457 Loc)))));
458 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
459 end if;
460 end if;
461 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer;
462
463 ---------------------------------
464 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
465 ---------------------------------
466
467 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
468 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
469 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (Expression (N));
470 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
471 DesigT : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
472
473 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
474 (Ref : Node_Id;
475 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False);
476 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
477 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
478 -- type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
479 -- type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
480 -- always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
481 -- unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
482 -- if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
483 -- than the access type.
484 --
485 -- Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
486 -- as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
487 -- allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
488 -- general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
489 -- same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
490 -- never fail, so it need not be generated.
491 --
492 -- As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
493 -- associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
494 -- sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
495 -- allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
496 -- class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
497 -- static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
498 -- accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
499 -- case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
500 -- be fixed by the ARG. ???
501
502 -------------------------------
503 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
504 -------------------------------
505
506 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
507 (Ref : Node_Id;
508 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False)
509 is
510 Ref_Node : Node_Id;
511
512 begin
513 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
514 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
515
516 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
517 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
518 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type (DesigT)
519 and then not Scope_Suppress (Accessibility_Check)
520 and then
521 (Type_Access_Level (Etype (Exp)) > Type_Access_Level (PtrT)
522 or else
523 (Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
524 and then Scope (PtrT) /= Current_Scope))
525 then
526 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
527 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
528 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
529 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
530 -- address of the allocated object.
531
532 if Built_In_Place then
533 Ref_Node := New_Copy (Ref);
534 else
535 Ref_Node := New_Reference_To (Ref, Loc);
536 end if;
537
538 Insert_Action (N,
539 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
540 Condition =>
541 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
542 Left_Opnd =>
543 Build_Get_Access_Level (Loc,
544 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
545 Prefix => Ref_Node,
546 Attribute_Name => Name_Tag)),
547 Right_Opnd =>
548 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
549 Type_Access_Level (PtrT))),
550 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
551 end if;
552 end Apply_Accessibility_Check;
553
554 -- Local variables
555
556 Indic : constant Node_Id := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
557 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Indic);
558 Flist : Node_Id;
559 Node : Node_Id;
560 Temp : Entity_Id;
561
562 TagT : Entity_Id := Empty;
563 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
564
565 TagR : Node_Id := Empty;
566 -- Target reference for tag assignment
567
568 Aggr_In_Place : constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate (Exp);
569
570 Tag_Assign : Node_Id;
571 Tmp_Node : Node_Id;
572
573 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
574
575 begin
576 if Is_Tagged_Type (T) or else Needs_Finalization (T) then
577
578 if Is_CPP_Constructor_Call (Exp) then
579
580 -- Generate:
581 -- Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn
582
583 -- Allocate the object with no expression
584
585 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
586 Set_Expression (Node, New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc));
587
588 -- Avoid its expansion to avoid generating a call to the default
589 -- C++ constructor
590
591 Set_Analyzed (Node);
592
593 Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P', N);
594
595 Insert_Action (N,
596 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
597 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
598 Constant_Present => True,
599 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
600 Expression => Node));
601
602 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
603
604 -- Locate the enclosing list and insert the C++ constructor call
605
606 declare
607 P : Node_Id;
608
609 begin
610 P := Parent (Node);
611 while not Is_List_Member (P) loop
612 P := Parent (P);
613 end loop;
614
615 Insert_List_After_And_Analyze (P,
616 Build_Initialization_Call (Loc,
617 Id_Ref =>
618 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
619 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)),
620 Typ => Etype (Exp),
621 Constructor_Ref => Exp));
622 end;
623
624 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
625 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
626 return;
627 end if;
628
629 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
630 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
631 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
632 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
633 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
634 -- as build-in-place.
635
636 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
637 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
638 then
639 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
640 Apply_Accessibility_Check (N, Built_In_Place => True);
641 return;
642 end if;
643
644 -- Actions inserted before:
645 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
646 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
647 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
648 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
649
650 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
651 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
652
653 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
654 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
655 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
656 -- substituted for the allocator.
657
658 if not Aggr_In_Place then
659 Remove_Side_Effects (Exp);
660 end if;
661
662 Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P', N);
663
664 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
665
666 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
667 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
668 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
669
670 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
671 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr (Empty, T, Indic, Exp);
672
673 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
674 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
675 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
676
677 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
678 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
679
680 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
681 and then Is_Interface (Etype (Exp))
682 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
683 then
684 Set_Expression
685 (Expression (N),
686 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic),
687 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
688 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag_Ptr),
689 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
690 Prefix => Exp,
691 Attribute_Name => Name_Address)))));
692
693 else
694 Set_Expression
695 (Expression (N),
696 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic), Exp));
697 end if;
698
699 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), Entity (Indic));
700 end if;
701
702 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
703
704 if not Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
705 if Aggr_In_Place then
706 Tmp_Node :=
707 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
708 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
709 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
710 Expression =>
711 Make_Allocator (Loc,
712 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
713
714 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
715 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
716 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling of
717 -- restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
718
719 Set_Comes_From_Source
720 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
721
722 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
723 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
724
725 if Needs_Finalization (T)
726 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
727 then
728 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
729
730 Flist := Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
731 end if;
732
733 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
734
735 else
736 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
737 Set_Analyzed (Node);
738 Insert_Action (N,
739 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
740 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
741 Constant_Present => True,
742 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
743 Expression => Node));
744 end if;
745
746 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
747 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
748 -- expression to allocate the object.
749
750 else
751 declare
752 Def_Id : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T');
753 New_Decl : Node_Id;
754
755 begin
756 New_Decl :=
757 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
758 Defining_Identifier => Def_Id,
759 Type_Definition =>
760 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
761 All_Present => True,
762 Null_Exclusion_Present => False,
763 Constant_Present => False,
764 Subtype_Indication =>
765 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
766
767 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
768
769 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
770 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
771
772 if Needs_Finalization (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
773 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (Def_Id,
774 Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT));
775 end if;
776
777 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
778
779 if Aggr_In_Place then
780 Tmp_Node :=
781 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
782 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
783 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
784 Expression =>
785 Make_Allocator (Loc,
786 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
787
788 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
789 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
790 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling
791 -- of restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
792
793 Set_Comes_From_Source
794 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
795
796 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
797 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
798
799 if Needs_Finalization (T)
800 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
801 then
802 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
803
804 Flist :=
805 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
806 end if;
807
808 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
809 else
810 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
811 Set_Analyzed (Node);
812 Insert_Action (N,
813 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
814 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
815 Constant_Present => True,
816 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
817 Expression => Node));
818 end if;
819
820 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
821 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
822 -- is the correct type required for the common processing that
823 -- is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
824 -- this pointer to reference the component associated with the
825 -- interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
826
827 New_Decl :=
828 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
829 Defining_Identifier => Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P'),
830 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
831 Expression => Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
832 New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
833
834 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
835
836 Tmp_Node := New_Decl;
837 Temp := Defining_Identifier (New_Decl);
838 end;
839 end if;
840
841 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
842
843 -- Generate the tag assignment
844
845 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
846 -- represented implicitly in objects.
847
848 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
849 null;
850
851 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
852 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
853
854 elsif Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))) then
855 pragma Assert (Is_Class_Wide_Type
856 (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))));
857 null;
858
859 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (T) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
860 TagT := T;
861 TagR := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
862
863 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
864 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Underlying_Type (T))
865 then
866 TagT := Underlying_Type (T);
867 TagR :=
868 Unchecked_Convert_To (Underlying_Type (T),
869 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
870 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
871 end if;
872
873 if Present (TagT) then
874 Tag_Assign :=
875 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
876 Name =>
877 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
878 Prefix => TagR,
879 Selector_Name =>
880 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (TagT), Loc)),
881
882 Expression =>
883 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag),
884 New_Reference_To
885 (Elists.Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (TagT))),
886 Loc)));
887
888 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
889
890 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (Tag_Assign));
891 Insert_Action (N, Tag_Assign);
892 end if;
893
894 if Needs_Finalization (DesigT)
895 and then Needs_Finalization (T)
896 then
897 declare
898 Attach : Node_Id;
899 Apool : constant Entity_Id :=
900 Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT);
901
902 begin
903 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack (i.e. a value
904 -- returned from a function), the object is attached on the
905 -- caller side as soon as the call is completed (see
906 -- Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
907
908 if Is_RTE (Apool, RE_SS_Pool) then
909 declare
910 F : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'F');
911 begin
912 Insert_Action (N,
913 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
914 Defining_Identifier => F,
915 Object_Definition =>
916 New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Finalizable_Ptr), Loc)));
917 Flist := New_Reference_To (F, Loc);
918 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
919 end;
920
921 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
922
923 else
924 if Needs_Finalization (T)
925 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
926 then
927 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
928
929 Flist :=
930 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
931 else
932 Flist := Find_Final_List (PtrT);
933 end if;
934
935 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2);
936 end if;
937
938 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
939 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
940 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
941 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
942 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
943 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
944 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
945 -- want to Adjust.
946
947 if not Aggr_In_Place
948 and then not Is_Inherently_Limited_Type (T)
949 then
950 Insert_Actions (N,
951 Make_Adjust_Call (
952 Ref =>
953
954 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
955 -- case because the designated type can be an ancestor of
956 -- the subtype mark of the allocator.
957
958 Unchecked_Convert_To (T,
959 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
960 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc))),
961
962 Typ => T,
963 Flist_Ref => Flist,
964 With_Attach => Attach,
965 Allocator => True));
966 end if;
967 end;
968 end if;
969
970 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
971 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
972
973 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
974 -- component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
975 -- type.
976
977 if Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
978 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
979 end if;
980
981 elsif Aggr_In_Place then
982 Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P', N);
983 Tmp_Node :=
984 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
985 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
986 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
987 Expression => Make_Allocator (Loc,
988 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
989
990 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just built,
991 -- since logically this allocator is a replacement of the original
992 -- allocator node. This is for proper handling of restriction
993 -- No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
994
995 Set_Comes_From_Source
996 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
997
998 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
999 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
1000 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
1001 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
1002 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
1003
1004 elsif Is_Access_Type (T)
1005 and then Can_Never_Be_Null (T)
1006 then
1007 Install_Null_Excluding_Check (Exp);
1008
1009 elsif Is_Access_Type (DesigT)
1010 and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Allocator
1011 and then Nkind (Expression (Exp)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
1012 then
1013 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
1014
1015 Apply_Constraint_Check (Expression (Exp),
1016 Designated_Type (DesigT),
1017 No_Sliding => True);
1018
1019 if Nkind (Expression (Exp)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error then
1020
1021 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
1022
1023 Rewrite (Exp, New_Copy (Expression (Exp)));
1024 end if;
1025 else
1026 -- If we have:
1027 -- type A is access T1;
1028 -- X : A := new T2'(...);
1029 -- T1 and T2 can be different subtypes, and we might need to check
1030 -- both constraints. First check against the type of the qualified
1031 -- expression.
1032
1033 Apply_Constraint_Check (Exp, T, No_Sliding => True);
1034
1035 if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1036 Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1037 Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1038 end if;
1039
1040 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
1041 -- constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
1042 -- expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
1043 -- not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
1044
1045 if Is_Constrained (DesigT)
1046 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match (T, DesigT)
1047 then
1048 Apply_Constraint_Check
1049 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => False);
1050
1051 if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1052 Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1053 Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1054 end if;
1055 end if;
1056
1057 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
1058 -- expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
1059 -- proper size for the allocator.
1060
1061 if Is_Array_Type (T)
1062 and then not Is_Constrained (T)
1063 and then Is_Packed (T)
1064 then
1065 declare
1066 ConstrT : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A');
1067 Internal_Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Exp);
1068 begin
1069 Insert_Action (Exp,
1070 Make_Subtype_Declaration (Loc,
1071 Defining_Identifier => ConstrT,
1072 Subtype_Indication =>
1073 Make_Subtype_From_Expr (Exp, T)));
1074 Freeze_Itype (ConstrT, Exp);
1075 Rewrite (Exp, OK_Convert_To (ConstrT, Internal_Exp));
1076 end;
1077 end if;
1078
1079 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1080 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1081 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1082 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1083 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1084 -- as build-in-place.
1085
1086 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
1087 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
1088 then
1089 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
1090 end if;
1091 end if;
1092
1093 exception
1094 when RE_Not_Available =>
1095 return;
1096 end Expand_Allocator_Expression;
1097
1098 -----------------------------
1099 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1100 -----------------------------
1101
1102 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1103 -- case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1104 -- also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1105 -- form of the expansion is:
1106
1107 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1108
1109 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1110 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1111
1112 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
1113 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1114 Op1 : Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
1115 Op2 : Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
1116 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
1117 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Component_Type (Typ1);
1118
1119 Expr : Node_Id;
1120 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1121 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1122
1123 Comp : RE_Id;
1124
1125 Byte_Addressable : constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit = Byte'Size;
1126 -- True for byte addressable target
1127
1128 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean;
1129 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1130 -- than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1131 -- or is not known at compile time.
1132
1133 ------------------------
1134 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1135 ------------------------
1136
1137 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean is
1138 Otyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Opnd);
1139
1140 begin
1141 if Ekind (Otyp) = E_String_Literal_Subtype then
1142 return String_Literal_Length (Otyp) < 4;
1143
1144 else
1145 declare
1146 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Otyp));
1147 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Ityp);
1148 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Ityp);
1149 Lov : Uint;
1150 Hiv : Uint;
1151
1152 begin
1153 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo) then
1154 Lov := Expr_Value (Lo);
1155 else
1156 return False;
1157 end if;
1158
1159 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi) then
1160 Hiv := Expr_Value (Hi);
1161 else
1162 return False;
1163 end if;
1164
1165 return Hiv < Lov + 3;
1166 end;
1167 end if;
1168 end Length_Less_Than_4;
1169
1170 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1171
1172 begin
1173 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1174 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1175 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1176 -- addressing of array components.
1177
1178 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ1)
1179 and then Byte_Addressable
1180 and then VM_Target = No_VM
1181 then
1182 -- The call we generate is:
1183
1184 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1185 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1186
1187 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1188 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1189 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1190 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1191
1192 if Component_Size (Typ1) = 8 then
1193 if Length_Less_Than_4 (Op1)
1194 or else
1195 Length_Less_Than_4 (Op2)
1196 then
1197 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1198 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned;
1199 else
1200 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned;
1201 end if;
1202
1203 else
1204 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1205 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8;
1206 else
1207 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8;
1208 end if;
1209 end if;
1210
1211 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 16 then
1212 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1213 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U16;
1214 else
1215 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S16;
1216 end if;
1217
1218 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 32 then
1219 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1220 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U32;
1221 else
1222 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S32;
1223 end if;
1224
1225 else pragma Assert (Component_Size (Typ1) = 64);
1226 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1227 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U64;
1228 else
1229 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S64;
1230 end if;
1231 end if;
1232
1233 Remove_Side_Effects (Op1, Name_Req => True);
1234 Remove_Side_Effects (Op2, Name_Req => True);
1235
1236 Rewrite (Op1,
1237 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Op1),
1238 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (Comp), Loc),
1239
1240 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
1241 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1242 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1243 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1244
1245 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1246 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1247 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1248
1249 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1250 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1251 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
1252
1253 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1254 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1255 Attribute_Name => Name_Length))));
1256
1257 Rewrite (Op2,
1258 Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (Op2),
1259 Intval => Uint_0));
1260
1261 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op1, Standard_Integer);
1262 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op2, Standard_Integer);
1263 return;
1264 end if;
1265
1266 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1267
1268 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1269
1270 if Chars (N) = Name_Op_Le then
1271 Rewrite (N,
1272 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1273 Right_Opnd =>
1274 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
1275 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1276 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1277 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1278 return;
1279
1280 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1281 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1282
1283 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Lt then
1284 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1285
1286 -- Switch operands
1287
1288 Op1 := Right_Opnd (N);
1289 Op2 := Left_Opnd (N);
1290
1291 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1292
1293 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Ge then
1294 Rewrite (N,
1295 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1296 Right_Opnd =>
1297 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
1298 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1299 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1300 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1301 return;
1302
1303 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1304 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1305
1306 else
1307 pragma Assert (Chars (N) = Name_Op_Gt);
1308 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1309 end if;
1310
1311 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1312 Expr :=
1313 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1314 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1315 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Op1, Op2));
1316
1317 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1318 Rewrite (N, Expr);
1319 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1320
1321 exception
1322 when RE_Not_Available =>
1323 return;
1324 end Expand_Array_Comparison;
1325
1326 ---------------------------
1327 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1328 ---------------------------
1329
1330 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1331 -- example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1332
1333 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1334 -- begin
1335 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1336 -- and then
1337 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1338 -- then
1339 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1340 -- end if;
1341
1342 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1343 -- or else
1344 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1345 -- then
1346 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1347 -- end if;
1348
1349 -- declare
1350 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1351 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1352 -- begin
1353 -- loop
1354 -- declare
1355 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1356 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1357 -- begin
1358 -- loop
1359 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1360 -- return False;
1361 -- end if;
1362
1363 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1364 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1365 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1366 -- end loop;
1367 -- end;
1368
1369 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1370 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1371 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1372 -- end loop;
1373 -- end;
1374
1375 -- return true;
1376 -- end Enn;
1377
1378 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1379 -- is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1380 -- conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1381 -- on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1382 -- escaped discriminant in the function.
1383
1384 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1385 -- a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1386 -- the first array.
1387
1388 function Expand_Array_Equality
1389 (Nod : Node_Id;
1390 Lhs : Node_Id;
1391 Rhs : Node_Id;
1392 Bodies : List_Id;
1393 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id
1394 is
1395 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1396 Decls : constant List_Id := New_List;
1397 Index_List1 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1398 Index_List2 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1399
1400 Actuals : List_Id;
1401 Formals : List_Id;
1402 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1403 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1404
1405 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
1406 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
1407
1408 Ltyp : Entity_Id;
1409 Rtyp : Entity_Id;
1410 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1411
1412 function Arr_Attr
1413 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1414 Nam : Name_Id;
1415 Num : Int) return Node_Id;
1416 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1417
1418 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
1419 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1420 -- by a full set of indices.
1421
1422 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id;
1423 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1424 -- for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1425
1426 function Handle_One_Dimension
1427 (N : Int;
1428 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
1429 -- This procedure returns the following code
1430 --
1431 -- declare
1432 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1433 -- begin
1434 -- loop
1435 -- xxx
1436 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1437 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1438 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1439 -- end loop;
1440 -- end;
1441 --
1442 -- If both indices are constrained and identical, the procedure
1443 -- returns a simpler loop:
1444 --
1445 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1446 -- xxx
1447 -- end loop
1448 --
1449 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1450 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1451 -- xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1452 -- or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1453 -- components of the arrays.
1454 --
1455 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1456 -- corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1457
1458 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id;
1459 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1460 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1461 -- and then
1462 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1463
1464 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id;
1465 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1466 -- in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1467
1468 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1469 -- or else
1470 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1471 -- or else
1472 -- ...
1473
1474 --------------
1475 -- Arr_Attr --
1476 --------------
1477
1478 function Arr_Attr
1479 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1480 Nam : Name_Id;
1481 Num : Int) return Node_Id
1482 is
1483 begin
1484 return
1485 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1486 Attribute_Name => Nam,
1487 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc),
1488 Expressions => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Num)));
1489 end Arr_Attr;
1490
1491 ------------------------
1492 -- Component_Equality --
1493 ------------------------
1494
1495 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
1496 Test : Node_Id;
1497 L, R : Node_Id;
1498
1499 begin
1500 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1501
1502 L :=
1503 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1504 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
1505 Expressions => Index_List1);
1506
1507 R :=
1508 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1509 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)),
1510 Expressions => Index_List2);
1511
1512 Test := Expand_Composite_Equality
1513 (Nod, Component_Type (Typ), L, R, Decls);
1514
1515 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1516 -- will raise program error.
1517
1518 if Nkind (Test) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
1519
1520 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1521 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1522 -- it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1523
1524 Set_Etype (Test, Empty);
1525 return Test;
1526
1527 else
1528 return
1529 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1530 Condition => Make_Op_Not (Loc, Right_Opnd => Test),
1531 Then_Statements => New_List (
1532 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1533 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
1534 end if;
1535 end Component_Equality;
1536
1537 ------------------
1538 -- Get_Arg_Type --
1539 ------------------
1540
1541 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id is
1542 T : Entity_Id;
1543 X : Node_Id;
1544
1545 begin
1546 T := Etype (N);
1547
1548 if No (T) then
1549 return Typ;
1550
1551 else
1552 T := Underlying_Type (T);
1553
1554 X := First_Index (T);
1555 while Present (X) loop
1556 if Denotes_Discriminant (Type_Low_Bound (Etype (X)))
1557 or else
1558 Denotes_Discriminant (Type_High_Bound (Etype (X)))
1559 then
1560 T := Base_Type (T);
1561 exit;
1562 end if;
1563
1564 Next_Index (X);
1565 end loop;
1566
1567 return T;
1568 end if;
1569 end Get_Arg_Type;
1570
1571 --------------------------
1572 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1573 ---------------------------
1574
1575 function Handle_One_Dimension
1576 (N : Int;
1577 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id
1578 is
1579 Need_Separate_Indexes : constant Boolean :=
1580 Ltyp /= Rtyp
1581 or else not Is_Constrained (Ltyp);
1582 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1583 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1584 -- of the arrays.
1585
1586 An : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A');
1587
1588 Bn : Entity_Id;
1589 Index_T : Entity_Id;
1590 Stm_List : List_Id;
1591 Loop_Stm : Node_Id;
1592
1593 begin
1594 if N > Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) then
1595 return Component_Equality (Ltyp);
1596 end if;
1597
1598 -- Case where we generate a loop
1599
1600 Index_T := Base_Type (Etype (Index));
1601
1602 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1603 Bn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'B');
1604 else
1605 Bn := An;
1606 end if;
1607
1608 Append (New_Reference_To (An, Loc), Index_List1);
1609 Append (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc), Index_List2);
1610
1611 Stm_List := New_List (
1612 Handle_One_Dimension (N + 1, Next_Index (Index)));
1613
1614 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1615
1616 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indices
1617
1618 Append_To (Stm_List,
1619 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
1620 Condition =>
1621 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1622 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1623 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Last, N))));
1624
1625 Append_To (Stm_List,
1626 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1627 Name => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1628 Expression =>
1629 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1630 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1631 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1632 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (An, Loc)))));
1633
1634 Append_To (Stm_List,
1635 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1636 Name => New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc),
1637 Expression =>
1638 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1639 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1640 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1641 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc)))));
1642 end if;
1643
1644 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1645 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1646
1647 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1648 Loop_Stm :=
1649 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod, Statements => Stm_List);
1650
1651 return
1652 Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
1653 Declarations => New_List (
1654 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1655 Defining_Identifier => An,
1656 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1657 Expression => Arr_Attr (A, Name_First, N)),
1658
1659 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1660 Defining_Identifier => Bn,
1661 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1662 Expression => Arr_Attr (B, Name_First, N))),
1663
1664 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1665 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1666 Statements => New_List (Loop_Stm)));
1667
1668 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1669 -- iteration scheme on its own
1670
1671 else
1672 Loop_Stm :=
1673 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
1674 Statements => Stm_List,
1675 Iteration_Scheme =>
1676 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
1677 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
1678 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1679 Defining_Identifier => An,
1680 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
1681 Arr_Attr (A, Name_Range, N))));
1682 return Loop_Stm;
1683 end if;
1684 end Handle_One_Dimension;
1685
1686 -----------------------
1687 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1688 -----------------------
1689
1690 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id is
1691 Alist : Node_Id;
1692 Blist : Node_Id;
1693
1694 Atest : Node_Id;
1695 Btest : Node_Id;
1696
1697 begin
1698 Alist := Empty;
1699 Blist := Empty;
1700 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1701 Atest :=
1702 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1703 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1704 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1705
1706 Btest :=
1707 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1708 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J),
1709 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1710
1711 if No (Alist) then
1712 Alist := Atest;
1713 Blist := Btest;
1714
1715 else
1716 Alist :=
1717 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1718 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Alist),
1719 Right_Opnd => Atest);
1720
1721 Blist :=
1722 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1723 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Blist),
1724 Right_Opnd => Btest);
1725 end if;
1726 end loop;
1727
1728 return
1729 Make_And_Then (Loc,
1730 Left_Opnd => Alist,
1731 Right_Opnd => Blist);
1732 end Test_Empty_Arrays;
1733
1734 -----------------------------
1735 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1736 -----------------------------
1737
1738 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id is
1739 Result : Node_Id;
1740 Rtest : Node_Id;
1741
1742 begin
1743 Result := Empty;
1744 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1745 Rtest :=
1746 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
1747 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1748 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J));
1749
1750 if No (Result) then
1751 Result := Rtest;
1752 else
1753 Result :=
1754 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1755 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Result),
1756 Right_Opnd => Rtest);
1757 end if;
1758 end loop;
1759
1760 return Result;
1761 end Test_Lengths_Correspond;
1762
1763 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1764
1765 begin
1766 Ltyp := Get_Arg_Type (Lhs);
1767 Rtyp := Get_Arg_Type (Rhs);
1768
1769 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
1770 -- since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
1771 -- fixable in future ???
1772
1773 if Ltyp /= Rtyp then
1774 Ltyp := Base_Type (Ltyp);
1775 Rtyp := Base_Type (Rtyp);
1776 pragma Assert (Ltyp = Rtyp);
1777 end if;
1778
1779 -- Build list of formals for function
1780
1781 Formals := New_List (
1782 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1783 Defining_Identifier => A,
1784 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Ltyp, Loc)),
1785
1786 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1787 Defining_Identifier => B,
1788 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Rtyp, Loc)));
1789
1790 Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'E');
1791
1792 -- Build statement sequence for function
1793
1794 Func_Body :=
1795 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
1796 Specification =>
1797 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
1798 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
1799 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
1800 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
1801
1802 Declarations => Decls,
1803
1804 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1805 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1806 Statements => New_List (
1807
1808 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1809 Condition => Test_Empty_Arrays,
1810 Then_Statements => New_List (
1811 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1812 Expression =>
1813 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))),
1814
1815 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1816 Condition => Test_Lengths_Correspond,
1817 Then_Statements => New_List (
1818 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1819 Expression =>
1820 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)))),
1821
1822 Handle_One_Dimension (1, First_Index (Ltyp)),
1823
1824 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1825 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))));
1826
1827 Set_Has_Completion (Func_Name, True);
1828 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
1829
1830 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
1831 -- is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
1832 -- to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1833
1834 declare
1835 L, R : Node_Id;
1836
1837 begin
1838 L := Lhs;
1839 R := Rhs;
1840
1841 if No (Etype (Lhs))
1842 or else Base_Type (Etype (Lhs)) /= Base_Type (Ltyp)
1843 then
1844 L := OK_Convert_To (Ltyp, Lhs);
1845 end if;
1846
1847 if No (Etype (Rhs))
1848 or else Base_Type (Etype (Rhs)) /= Base_Type (Rtyp)
1849 then
1850 R := OK_Convert_To (Rtyp, Rhs);
1851 end if;
1852
1853 Actuals := New_List (L, R);
1854 end;
1855
1856 Append_To (Bodies, Func_Body);
1857
1858 return
1859 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1860 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1861 Parameter_Associations => Actuals);
1862 end Expand_Array_Equality;
1863
1864 -----------------------------
1865 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1866 -----------------------------
1867
1868 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
1869 -- always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1870
1871 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
1872 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
1873
1874 begin
1875 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
1876 -- properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
1877 -- to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1878
1879 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
1880 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Left_Opnd (N))
1881 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
1882 then
1883 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator (N);
1884 return;
1885 end if;
1886
1887 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1888 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1889 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1890 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1891 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1892
1893 declare
1894 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1895 L : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
1896 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
1897 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1898 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1899
1900 begin
1901 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (L);
1902 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (R);
1903 Ensure_Defined (Etype (L), N);
1904 Ensure_Defined (Etype (R), N);
1905 Apply_Length_Check (R, Etype (L));
1906
1907 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_Xor then
1908 Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test (N, Etype (L));
1909 end if;
1910
1911 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1912 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), L, R)
1913 then
1914 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), L, R);
1915
1916 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Not
1917 and then Nkind (N) = N_Op_And
1918 and then
1919 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (Parent (N))), L, R)
1920 then
1921 return;
1922 else
1923
1924 Func_Body := Make_Boolean_Array_Op (Etype (L), N);
1925 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1926 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1927
1928 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1929
1930 Rewrite (N,
1931 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1932 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1933 Parameter_Associations =>
1934 New_List (
1935 L,
1936 Make_Type_Conversion
1937 (Loc, New_Reference_To (Etype (L), Loc), R))));
1938
1939 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
1940 end if;
1941 end;
1942 end Expand_Boolean_Operator;
1943
1944 -------------------------------
1945 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1946 -------------------------------
1947
1948 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1949 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1950 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1951
1952 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1953 (Nod : Node_Id;
1954 Typ : Entity_Id;
1955 Lhs : Node_Id;
1956 Rhs : Node_Id;
1957 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
1958 is
1959 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1960 Full_Type : Entity_Id;
1961 Prim : Elmt_Id;
1962 Eq_Op : Entity_Id;
1963
1964 begin
1965 if Is_Private_Type (Typ) then
1966 Full_Type := Underlying_Type (Typ);
1967 else
1968 Full_Type := Typ;
1969 end if;
1970
1971 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
1972 -- will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1973
1974 if No (Full_Type) then
1975 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
1976 end if;
1977
1978 Full_Type := Base_Type (Full_Type);
1979
1980 if Is_Array_Type (Full_Type) then
1981
1982 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1983 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1984 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1985 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
1986
1987 if Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1988 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1989 then
1990 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
1991
1992 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
1993 -- expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
1994 -- the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
1995 -- need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
1996 -- composite type recursively containing such fields.
1997
1998 else
1999 return Expand_Array_Equality (Nod, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies, Full_Type);
2000 end if;
2001
2002 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Full_Type) then
2003
2004 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
2005
2006 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Full_Type) then
2007 Full_Type := Root_Type (Full_Type);
2008 end if;
2009
2010 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
2011 -- tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
2012 -- operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
2013 -- necessary when these types receive their full views ???
2014
2015 if Is_Private_Type (Typ)
2016 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
2017 and then not Is_Controlled (Typ)
2018 and then Is_Derived_Type (Typ)
2019 and then No (Full_View (Typ))
2020 then
2021 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
2022 else
2023 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Full_Type));
2024 end if;
2025
2026 loop
2027 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2028 exit when Chars (Eq_Op) = Name_Op_Eq
2029 and then Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) =
2030 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Eq_Op)))
2031 and then Base_Type (Etype (Eq_Op)) = Standard_Boolean;
2032 Next_Elmt (Prim);
2033 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
2034 end loop;
2035
2036 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2037
2038 return
2039 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2040 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2041 Parameter_Associations =>
2042 New_List
2043 (Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Lhs),
2044 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Rhs)));
2045
2046 elsif Is_Record_Type (Full_Type) then
2047 Eq_Op := TSS (Full_Type, TSS_Composite_Equality);
2048
2049 if Present (Eq_Op) then
2050 if Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) /= Full_Type then
2051
2052 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
2053 -- match signature of operation.
2054
2055 declare
2056 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op));
2057
2058 begin
2059 return
2060 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2061 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2062 Parameter_Associations =>
2063 New_List (OK_Convert_To (T, Lhs),
2064 OK_Convert_To (T, Rhs)));
2065 end;
2066
2067 else
2068 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2069
2070 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Full_Type) then
2071 declare
2072 Lhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2073 Rhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2074 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2075 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2076
2077 begin
2078 -- Lhs subtype
2079
2080 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2081 Lhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)));
2082 end if;
2083
2084 -- Rhs subtype
2085
2086 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2087 Rhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)));
2088 end if;
2089
2090 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2091
2092 if Is_Constrained (Lhs_Type) then
2093
2094 -- Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2095 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2096 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2097 -- discriminant(s).
2098
2099 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
2100 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2101 Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
2102 then
2103 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2104 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2105 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
2106 Selector_Name =>
2107 New_Copy (
2108 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2109 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2110 Lhs_Type,
2111 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
2112
2113 else
2114 Lhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2115 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2116 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2117 Lhs_Type,
2118 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
2119
2120 end if;
2121 else
2122 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2123 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2124
2125 return
2126 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2127 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2128 end if;
2129
2130 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2131
2132 if Is_Constrained (Rhs_Type) then
2133 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
2134 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2135 Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
2136 then
2137 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2138 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2139 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
2140 Selector_Name =>
2141 New_Copy (
2142 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2143 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2144 Rhs_Type,
2145 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
2146
2147 else
2148 Rhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2149 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2150 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2151 Rhs_Type,
2152 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
2153
2154 end if;
2155 else
2156 return
2157 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2158 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2159 end if;
2160
2161 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2162 -- discriminant values.
2163
2164 return
2165 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2166 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2167 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2168 Lhs,
2169 Rhs,
2170 Lhs_Discr_Val,
2171 Rhs_Discr_Val));
2172 end;
2173 end if;
2174
2175 -- Shouldn't this be an else, we can't fall through the above
2176 -- IF, right???
2177
2178 return
2179 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2180 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2181 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2182 end if;
2183
2184 else
2185 return Expand_Record_Equality (Nod, Full_Type, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies);
2186 end if;
2187
2188 else
2189 -- It can be a simple record or the full view of a scalar private
2190
2191 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2192 end if;
2193 end Expand_Composite_Equality;
2194
2195 ------------------------
2196 -- Expand_Concatenate --
2197 ------------------------
2198
2199 procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2200 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2201
2202 Atyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
2203 -- Result type of concatenation
2204
2205 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Component_Type (Etype (Cnode)));
2206 -- Component type. Elements of this component type can appear as one
2207 -- of the operands of concatenation as well as arrays.
2208
2209 Istyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Atyp));
2210 -- Index subtype
2211
2212 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Istyp);
2213 -- Index type. This is the base type of the index subtype, and is used
2214 -- for all computed bounds (which may be out of range of Istyp in the
2215 -- case of null ranges).
2216
2217 Artyp : Entity_Id;
2218 -- This is the type we use to do arithmetic to compute the bounds and
2219 -- lengths of operands. The choice of this type is a little subtle and
2220 -- is discussed in a separate section at the start of the body code.
2221
2222 Concatenation_Error : exception;
2223 -- Raised if concatenation is sure to raise a CE
2224
2225 Result_May_Be_Null : Boolean := True;
2226 -- Reset to False if at least one operand is encountered which is known
2227 -- at compile time to be non-null. Used for handling the special case
2228 -- of setting the high bound to the last operand high bound for a null
2229 -- result, thus ensuring a proper high bound in the super-flat case.
2230
2231 N : constant Nat := List_Length (Opnds);
2232 -- Number of concatenation operands including possibly null operands
2233
2234 NN : Nat := 0;
2235 -- Number of operands excluding any known to be null, except that the
2236 -- last operand is always retained, in case it provides the bounds for
2237 -- a null result.
2238
2239 Opnd : Node_Id;
2240 -- Current operand being processed in the loop through operands. After
2241 -- this loop is complete, always contains the last operand (which is not
2242 -- the same as Operands (NN), since null operands are skipped).
2243
2244 -- Arrays describing the operands, only the first NN entries of each
2245 -- array are set (NN < N when we exclude known null operands).
2246
2247 Is_Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Boolean;
2248 -- True if length of corresponding operand known at compile time
2249
2250 Operands : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2251 -- Set to the corresponding entry in the Opnds list (but note that null
2252 -- operands are excluded, so not all entries in the list are stored).
2253
2254 Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Uint;
2255 -- Set to length of operand. Entries in this array are set only if the
2256 -- corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length is True.
2257
2258 Opnd_Low_Bound : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2259 -- Set to lower bound of operand. Either an integer literal in the case
2260 -- where the bound is known at compile time, else actual lower bound.
2261 -- The operand low bound is of type Ityp.
2262
2263 Var_Length : array (1 .. N) of Entity_Id;
2264 -- Set to an entity of type Natural that contains the length of an
2265 -- operand whose length is not known at compile time. Entries in this
2266 -- array are set only if the corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length
2267 -- is False. The entity is of type Artyp.
2268
2269 Aggr_Length : array (0 .. N) of Node_Id;
2270 -- The J'th entry in an expression node that represents the total length
2271 -- of operands 1 through J. It is either an integer literal node, or a
2272 -- reference to a constant entity with the right value, so it is fine
2273 -- to just do a Copy_Node to get an appropriate copy. The extra zero'th
2274 -- entry always is set to zero. The length is of type Artyp.
2275
2276 Low_Bound : Node_Id;
2277 -- A tree node representing the low bound of the result (of type Ityp).
2278 -- This is either an integer literal node, or an identifier reference to
2279 -- a constant entity initialized to the appropriate value.
2280
2281 Last_Opnd_High_Bound : Node_Id;
2282 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the last operand. This
2283 -- need only be set if the result could be null. It is used for the
2284 -- special case of setting the right high bound for a null result.
2285 -- This is of type Ityp.
2286
2287 High_Bound : Node_Id;
2288 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the result (of type Ityp)
2289
2290 Result : Node_Id;
2291 -- Result of the concatenation (of type Ityp)
2292
2293 Actions : constant List_Id := New_List;
2294 -- Collect actions to be inserted if Save_Space is False
2295
2296 Save_Space : Boolean;
2297 pragma Warnings (Off, Save_Space);
2298 -- Set to True if we are saving generated code space by calling routines
2299 -- in packages System.Concat_n.
2300
2301 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen : Boolean;
2302 -- Set True during generation of the assignements of operands into
2303 -- result once an operand known to be non-null has been seen.
2304
2305 function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id;
2306 -- This function makes an N_Integer_Literal node that is returned in
2307 -- analyzed form with the type set to Artyp. Importantly this literal
2308 -- is not flagged as static, so that if we do computations with it that
2309 -- result in statically detected out of range conditions, we will not
2310 -- generate error messages but instead warning messages.
2311
2312 function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2313 -- Given a node of type Ityp, returns the corresponding value of type
2314 -- Artyp. For non-enumeration types, this is a plain integer conversion.
2315 -- For enum types, the Pos of the value is returned.
2316
2317 function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2318 -- The inverse function (uses Val in the case of enumeration types)
2319
2320 ------------------------
2321 -- Make_Artyp_Literal --
2322 ------------------------
2323
2324 function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id is
2325 Result : constant Node_Id := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Val);
2326 begin
2327 Set_Etype (Result, Artyp);
2328 Set_Analyzed (Result, True);
2329 Set_Is_Static_Expression (Result, False);
2330 return Result;
2331 end Make_Artyp_Literal;
2332
2333 --------------
2334 -- To_Artyp --
2335 --------------
2336
2337 function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2338 begin
2339 if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2340 return X;
2341
2342 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2343 return
2344 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2345 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2346 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
2347 Expressions => New_List (X));
2348
2349 else
2350 return Convert_To (Artyp, X);
2351 end if;
2352 end To_Artyp;
2353
2354 -------------
2355 -- To_Ityp --
2356 -------------
2357
2358 function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2359 begin
2360 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2361 return
2362 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2363 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2364 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
2365 Expressions => New_List (X));
2366
2367 -- Case where we will do a type conversion
2368
2369 else
2370 if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2371 return X;
2372 else
2373 return Convert_To (Ityp, X);
2374 end if;
2375 end if;
2376 end To_Ityp;
2377
2378 -- Local Declarations
2379
2380 Opnd_Typ : Entity_Id;
2381 Ent : Entity_Id;
2382 Len : Uint;
2383 J : Nat;
2384 Clen : Node_Id;
2385 Set : Boolean;
2386
2387 begin
2388 -- Choose an appropriate computational type
2389
2390 -- We will be doing calculations of lengths and bounds in this routine
2391 -- and computing one from the other in some cases, e.g. getting the high
2392 -- bound by adding the length-1 to the low bound.
2393
2394 -- We can't just use the index type, or even its base type for this
2395 -- purpose for two reasons. First it might be an enumeration type which
2396 -- is not suitable fo computations of any kind, and second it may simply
2397 -- not have enough range. For example if the index type is -128..+127
2398 -- then lengths can be up to 256, which is out of range of the type.
2399
2400 -- For enumeration types, we can simply use Standard_Integer, this is
2401 -- sufficient since the actual number of enumeration literals cannot
2402 -- possibly exceed the range of integer (remember we will be doing the
2403 -- arithmetic with POS values, not representation values).
2404
2405 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2406 Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2407
2408 -- If index type is Positive, we use the standard unsigned type, to give
2409 -- more room on the top of the range, obviating the need for an overflow
2410 -- check when creating the upper bound. This is needed to avoid junk
2411 -- overflow checks in the common case of String types.
2412
2413 -- ??? Disabled for now
2414
2415 -- elsif Istyp = Standard_Positive then
2416 -- Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2417
2418 -- For modular types, we use a 32-bit modular type for types whose size
2419 -- is in the range 1-31 bits. For 32-bit unsigned types, we use the
2420 -- identity type, and for larger unsigned types we use 64-bits.
2421
2422 elsif Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ityp) then
2423 if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2424 Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2425 elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2426 Artyp := Ityp;
2427 else
2428 Artyp := RTE (RE_Long_Long_Unsigned);
2429 end if;
2430
2431 -- Similar treatment for signed types
2432
2433 else
2434 if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2435 Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2436 elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2437 Artyp := Ityp;
2438 else
2439 Artyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
2440 end if;
2441 end if;
2442
2443 -- Supply dummy entry at start of length array
2444
2445 Aggr_Length (0) := Make_Artyp_Literal (0);
2446
2447 -- Go through operands setting up the above arrays
2448
2449 J := 1;
2450 while J <= N loop
2451 Opnd := Remove_Head (Opnds);
2452 Opnd_Typ := Etype (Opnd);
2453
2454 -- The parent got messed up when we put the operands in a list,
2455 -- so now put back the proper parent for the saved operand.
2456
2457 Set_Parent (Opnd, Parent (Cnode));
2458
2459 -- Set will be True when we have setup one entry in the array
2460
2461 Set := False;
2462
2463 -- Singleton element (or character literal) case
2464
2465 if Base_Type (Opnd_Typ) = Ctyp then
2466 NN := NN + 1;
2467 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2468 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2469 Fixed_Length (NN) := Uint_1;
2470 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2471
2472 -- Set low bound of operand (no need to set Last_Opnd_High_Bound
2473 -- since we know that the result cannot be null).
2474
2475 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2476 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2477 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Istyp, Loc),
2478 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2479
2480 Set := True;
2481
2482 -- String literal case (can only occur for strings of course)
2483
2484 elsif Nkind (Opnd) = N_String_Literal then
2485 Len := String_Literal_Length (Opnd_Typ);
2486
2487 if Len /= 0 then
2488 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2489 end if;
2490
2491 -- Capture last operand high bound if result could be null
2492
2493 if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2494 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2495 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2496 Left_Opnd =>
2497 New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ)),
2498 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1));
2499 end if;
2500
2501 -- Skip null string literal
2502
2503 if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2504 goto Continue;
2505 end if;
2506
2507 NN := NN + 1;
2508 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2509 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2510
2511 -- Set length and bounds
2512
2513 Fixed_Length (NN) := Len;
2514
2515 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2516 New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ));
2517
2518 Set := True;
2519
2520 -- All other cases
2521
2522 else
2523 -- Check constrained case with known bounds
2524
2525 if Is_Constrained (Opnd_Typ) then
2526 declare
2527 Index : constant Node_Id := First_Index (Opnd_Typ);
2528 Indx_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Index);
2529 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Indx_Typ);
2530 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Indx_Typ);
2531
2532 begin
2533 -- Fixed length constrained array type with known at compile
2534 -- time bounds is last case of fixed length operand.
2535
2536 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
2537 and then
2538 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
2539 then
2540 declare
2541 Loval : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Lo);
2542 Hival : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Hi);
2543 Len : constant Uint :=
2544 UI_Max (Hival - Loval + 1, Uint_0);
2545
2546 begin
2547 if Len > 0 then
2548 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2549 end if;
2550
2551 -- Capture last operand bound if result could be null
2552
2553 if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2554 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2555 Convert_To (Ityp,
2556 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2557 Intval => Expr_Value (Hi)));
2558 end if;
2559
2560 -- Exclude null length case unless last operand
2561
2562 if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2563 goto Continue;
2564 end if;
2565
2566 NN := NN + 1;
2567 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2568 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2569 Fixed_Length (NN) := Len;
2570
2571 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) := To_Ityp (
2572 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2573 Intval => Expr_Value (Lo)));
2574
2575 Set := True;
2576 end;
2577 end if;
2578 end;
2579 end if;
2580
2581 -- All cases where the length is not known at compile time, or the
2582 -- special case of an operand which is known to be null but has a
2583 -- lower bound other than 1 or is other than a string type.
2584
2585 if not Set then
2586 NN := NN + 1;
2587
2588 -- Capture operand bounds
2589
2590 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2591 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2592 Prefix =>
2593 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2594 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2595
2596 if J = N and Result_May_Be_Null then
2597 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2598 Convert_To (Ityp,
2599 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2600 Prefix =>
2601 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2602 Attribute_Name => Name_Last));
2603 end if;
2604
2605 -- Capture length of operand in entity
2606
2607 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2608 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := False;
2609
2610 Var_Length (NN) := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'L');
2611
2612 Append_To (Actions,
2613 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2614 Defining_Identifier => Var_Length (NN),
2615 Constant_Present => True,
2616
2617 Object_Definition =>
2618 New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
2619
2620 Expression =>
2621 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2622 Prefix =>
2623 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2624 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
2625 end if;
2626 end if;
2627
2628 -- Set next entry in aggregate length array
2629
2630 -- For first entry, make either integer literal for fixed length
2631 -- or a reference to the saved length for variable length.
2632
2633 if NN = 1 then
2634 if Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
2635 Aggr_Length (1) :=
2636 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2637 Intval => Fixed_Length (1));
2638 else
2639 Aggr_Length (1) :=
2640 New_Reference_To (Var_Length (1), Loc);
2641 end if;
2642
2643 -- If entry is fixed length and only fixed lengths so far, make
2644 -- appropriate new integer literal adding new length.
2645
2646 elsif Is_Fixed_Length (NN)
2647 and then Nkind (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)) = N_Integer_Literal
2648 then
2649 Aggr_Length (NN) :=
2650 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2651 Intval => Fixed_Length (NN) + Intval (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)));
2652
2653 -- All other cases, construct an addition node for the length and
2654 -- create an entity initialized to this length.
2655
2656 else
2657 Ent := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'L');
2658
2659 if Is_Fixed_Length (NN) then
2660 Clen := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Fixed_Length (NN));
2661 else
2662 Clen := New_Reference_To (Var_Length (NN), Loc);
2663 end if;
2664
2665 Append_To (Actions,
2666 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2667 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2668 Constant_Present => True,
2669
2670 Object_Definition =>
2671 New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
2672
2673 Expression =>
2674 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2675 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)),
2676 Right_Opnd => Clen)));
2677
2678 Aggr_Length (NN) := Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars => Chars (Ent));
2679 end if;
2680
2681 <<Continue>>
2682 J := J + 1;
2683 end loop;
2684
2685 -- If we have only skipped null operands, return the last operand
2686
2687 if NN = 0 then
2688 Result := Opnd;
2689 goto Done;
2690 end if;
2691
2692 -- If we have only one non-null operand, return it and we are done.
2693 -- There is one case in which this cannot be done, and that is when
2694 -- the sole operand is of the element type, in which case it must be
2695 -- converted to an array, and the easiest way of doing that is to go
2696 -- through the normal general circuit.
2697
2698 if NN = 1
2699 and then Base_Type (Etype (Operands (1))) /= Ctyp
2700 then
2701 Result := Operands (1);
2702 goto Done;
2703 end if;
2704
2705 -- Cases where we have a real concatenation
2706
2707 -- Next step is to find the low bound for the result array that we
2708 -- will allocate. The rules for this are in (RM 4.5.6(5-7)).
2709
2710 -- If the ultimate ancestor of the index subtype is a constrained array
2711 -- definition, then the lower bound is that of the index subtype as
2712 -- specified by (RM 4.5.3(6)).
2713
2714 -- The right test here is to go to the root type, and then the ultimate
2715 -- ancestor is the first subtype of this root type.
2716
2717 if Is_Constrained (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp))) then
2718 Low_Bound :=
2719 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2720 Prefix =>
2721 New_Occurrence_Of (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp)), Loc),
2722 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2723
2724 -- If the first operand in the list has known length we know that
2725 -- the lower bound of the result is the lower bound of this operand.
2726
2727 elsif Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
2728 Low_Bound := Opnd_Low_Bound (1);
2729
2730 -- OK, we don't know the lower bound, we have to build a horrible
2731 -- expression actions node of the form
2732
2733 -- if Cond1'Length /= 0 then
2734 -- Opnd1 low bound
2735 -- else
2736 -- if Opnd2'Length /= 0 then
2737 -- Opnd2 low bound
2738 -- else
2739 -- ...
2740
2741 -- The nesting ends either when we hit an operand whose length is known
2742 -- at compile time, or on reaching the last operand, whose low bound we
2743 -- take unconditionally whether or not it is null. It's easiest to do
2744 -- this with a recursive procedure:
2745
2746 else
2747 declare
2748 function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id;
2749 -- Returns the lower bound determined by operands J .. NN
2750
2751 ---------------------
2752 -- Get_Known_Bound --
2753 ---------------------
2754
2755 function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id is
2756 begin
2757 if Is_Fixed_Length (J) or else J = NN then
2758 return New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J));
2759
2760 else
2761 return
2762 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
2763 Expressions => New_List (
2764
2765 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
2766 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Var_Length (J), Loc),
2767 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
2768
2769 New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J)),
2770 Get_Known_Bound (J + 1)));
2771 end if;
2772 end Get_Known_Bound;
2773
2774 begin
2775 Ent := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'L');
2776
2777 Append_To (Actions,
2778 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2779 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2780 Constant_Present => True,
2781 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2782 Expression => Get_Known_Bound (1)));
2783
2784 Low_Bound := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
2785 end;
2786 end if;
2787
2788 -- Now we can safely compute the upper bound, normally
2789 -- Low_Bound + Length - 1.
2790
2791 High_Bound :=
2792 To_Ityp (
2793 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2794 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2795 Right_Opnd =>
2796 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
2797 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
2798 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1))));
2799
2800 -- Note that calculation of the high bound may cause overflow in some
2801 -- very weird cases, so in the general case we need an overflow check on
2802 -- the high bound. We can avoid this for the common case of string types
2803 -- and other types whose index is Positive, since we chose a wider range
2804 -- for the arithmetic type.
2805
2806 if Istyp /= Standard_Positive then
2807 Activate_Overflow_Check (High_Bound);
2808 end if;
2809
2810 -- Handle the exceptional case where the result is null, in which case
2811 -- case the bounds come from the last operand (so that we get the proper
2812 -- bounds if the last operand is super-flat).
2813
2814 if Result_May_Be_Null then
2815 High_Bound :=
2816 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
2817 Expressions => New_List (
2818 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
2819 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
2820 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (0)),
2821 Last_Opnd_High_Bound,
2822 High_Bound));
2823 end if;
2824
2825 -- Here is where we insert the saved up actions
2826
2827 Insert_Actions (Cnode, Actions, Suppress => All_Checks);
2828
2829 -- Now we construct an array object with appropriate bounds. We mark
2830 -- the target as internal to prevent useless initialization when
2831 -- Initialize_Scalars is enabled.
2832
2833 Ent := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'S');
2834 Set_Is_Internal (Ent);
2835
2836 -- If the bound is statically known to be out of range, we do not want
2837 -- to abort, we want a warning and a runtime constraint error. Note that
2838 -- we have arranged that the result will not be treated as a static
2839 -- constant, so we won't get an illegality during this insertion.
2840
2841 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2842 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2843 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2844 Object_Definition =>
2845 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
2846 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Atyp, Loc),
2847 Constraint =>
2848 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
2849 Constraints => New_List (
2850 Make_Range (Loc,
2851 Low_Bound => Low_Bound,
2852 High_Bound => High_Bound))))),
2853 Suppress => All_Checks);
2854
2855 -- If the result of the concatenation appears as the initializing
2856 -- expression of an object declaration, we can just rename the
2857 -- result, rather than copying it.
2858
2859 Set_OK_To_Rename (Ent);
2860
2861 -- Catch the static out of range case now
2862
2863 if Raises_Constraint_Error (High_Bound) then
2864 raise Concatenation_Error;
2865 end if;
2866
2867 -- Now we will generate the assignments to do the actual concatenation
2868
2869 -- There is one case in which we will not do this, namely when all the
2870 -- following conditions are met:
2871
2872 -- The result type is Standard.String
2873
2874 -- There are nine or fewer retained (non-null) operands
2875
2876 -- The optimization level is -O0
2877
2878 -- The corresponding System.Concat_n.Str_Concat_n routine is
2879 -- available in the run time.
2880
2881 -- The debug flag gnatd.c is not set
2882
2883 -- If all these conditions are met then we generate a call to the
2884 -- relevant concatenation routine. The purpose of this is to avoid
2885 -- undesirable code bloat at -O0.
2886
2887 if Atyp = Standard_String
2888 and then NN in 2 .. 9
2889 and then (Opt.Optimization_Level = 0 or else Debug_Flag_Dot_CC)
2890 and then not Debug_Flag_Dot_C
2891 then
2892 declare
2893 RR : constant array (Nat range 2 .. 9) of RE_Id :=
2894 (RE_Str_Concat_2,
2895 RE_Str_Concat_3,
2896 RE_Str_Concat_4,
2897 RE_Str_Concat_5,
2898 RE_Str_Concat_6,
2899 RE_Str_Concat_7,
2900 RE_Str_Concat_8,
2901 RE_Str_Concat_9);
2902
2903 begin
2904 if RTE_Available (RR (NN)) then
2905 declare
2906 Opnds : constant List_Id :=
2907 New_List (New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
2908
2909 begin
2910 for J in 1 .. NN loop
2911 if Is_List_Member (Operands (J)) then
2912 Remove (Operands (J));
2913 end if;
2914
2915 if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
2916 Append_To (Opnds,
2917 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
2918 Component_Associations => New_List (
2919 Make_Component_Association (Loc,
2920 Choices => New_List (
2921 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1)),
2922 Expression => Operands (J)))));
2923
2924 else
2925 Append_To (Opnds, Operands (J));
2926 end if;
2927 end loop;
2928
2929 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2930 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
2931 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RR (NN)), Loc),
2932 Parameter_Associations => Opnds));
2933
2934 Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
2935 goto Done;
2936 end;
2937 end if;
2938 end;
2939 end if;
2940
2941 -- Not special case so generate the assignments
2942
2943 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := False;
2944
2945 for J in 1 .. NN loop
2946 declare
2947 Lo : constant Node_Id :=
2948 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2949 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2950 Right_Opnd => Aggr_Length (J - 1));
2951
2952 Hi : constant Node_Id :=
2953 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2954 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2955 Right_Opnd =>
2956 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
2957 Left_Opnd => Aggr_Length (J),
2958 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1)));
2959
2960 begin
2961 -- Singleton case, simple assignment
2962
2963 if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
2964 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
2965 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2966 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2967 Name =>
2968 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2969 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
2970 Expressions => New_List (To_Ityp (Lo))),
2971 Expression => Operands (J)),
2972 Suppress => All_Checks);
2973
2974 -- Array case, slice assignment, skipped when argument is fixed
2975 -- length and known to be null.
2976
2977 elsif (not Is_Fixed_Length (J)) or else (Fixed_Length (J) > 0) then
2978 declare
2979 Assign : Node_Id :=
2980 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2981 Name =>
2982 Make_Slice (Loc,
2983 Prefix =>
2984 New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
2985 Discrete_Range =>
2986 Make_Range (Loc,
2987 Low_Bound => To_Ityp (Lo),
2988 High_Bound => To_Ityp (Hi))),
2989 Expression => Operands (J));
2990 begin
2991 if Is_Fixed_Length (J) then
2992 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
2993
2994 elsif not Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen then
2995
2996 -- Here if operand length is not statically known and no
2997 -- operand known to be non-null has been processed yet.
2998 -- If operand length is 0, we do not need to perform the
2999 -- assignment, and we must avoid the evaluation of the
3000 -- high bound of the slice, since it may underflow if the
3001 -- low bound is Ityp'First.
3002
3003 Assign :=
3004 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
3005 Condition =>
3006 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
3007 Left_Opnd =>
3008 New_Occurrence_Of (Var_Length (J), Loc),
3009 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
3010 Then_Statements =>
3011 New_List (Assign));
3012 end if;
3013
3014 Insert_Action (Cnode, Assign, Suppress => All_Checks);
3015 end;
3016 end if;
3017 end;
3018 end loop;
3019
3020 -- Finally we build the result, which is a reference to the array object
3021
3022 Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
3023
3024 <<Done>>
3025 Rewrite (Cnode, Result);
3026 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Atyp);
3027
3028 exception
3029 when Concatenation_Error =>
3030
3031 -- Kill warning generated for the declaration of the static out of
3032 -- range high bound, and instead generate a Constraint_Error with
3033 -- an appropriate specific message.
3034
3035 Kill_Dead_Code (Declaration_Node (Entity (High_Bound)));
3036 Apply_Compile_Time_Constraint_Error
3037 (N => Cnode,
3038 Msg => "concatenation result upper bound out of range?",
3039 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed);
3040 -- Set_Etype (Cnode, Atyp);
3041 end Expand_Concatenate;
3042
3043 ------------------------
3044 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
3045 ------------------------
3046
3047 procedure Expand_N_Allocator (N : Node_Id) is
3048 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3049 Dtyp : constant Entity_Id := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
3050 Etyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Expression (N));
3051 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3052 Desig : Entity_Id;
3053 Temp : Entity_Id;
3054 Nod : Node_Id;
3055
3056 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3057 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
3058 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
3059
3060 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id);
3061 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
3062 -- constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
3063 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
3064
3065 function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
3066 -- Given a constrained array type E, returns a node representing the
3067 -- code to compute the size in storage elements for the given type.
3068 -- This is done without using the attribute (which malfunctions for
3069 -- large sizes ???)
3070
3071 ---------------------------------------
3072 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
3073 ---------------------------------------
3074
3075 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization is
3076 Coext : Node_Id;
3077 Coext_Elmt : Elmt_Id;
3078 Flist : Node_Id;
3079 Ref : Node_Id;
3080
3081 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
3082 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
3083
3084 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
3085 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
3086 -- acts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
3087
3088 -------------------------------
3089 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
3090 -------------------------------
3091
3092 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
3093 P : Node_Id;
3094
3095 begin
3096 P := Parent (N);
3097 while Present (P) loop
3098 if Nkind_In
3099 (P, N_Extended_Return_Statement, N_Simple_Return_Statement)
3100 then
3101 return True;
3102
3103 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
3104
3105 elsif Nkind (P) = N_Subprogram_Body then
3106 return False;
3107 end if;
3108
3109 P := Parent (P);
3110 end loop;
3111
3112 return False;
3113 end Inside_A_Return_Statement;
3114
3115 -------------------------------
3116 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
3117 -------------------------------
3118
3119 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
3120 Obj_Decl : Node_Id;
3121
3122 begin
3123 if Nkind (N) = N_Explicit_Dereference
3124 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Identifier
3125 and then Nkind (Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)))) =
3126 N_Object_Declaration
3127 then
3128 Obj_Decl := Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)));
3129
3130 return
3131 Present (Expression (Obj_Decl))
3132 and then Nkind (Expression (Obj_Decl)) = N_Allocator
3133 and then Nkind (Expression (Expression (Obj_Decl))) /=
3134 N_Qualified_Expression;
3135 end if;
3136
3137 return False;
3138 end Needs_Initialization_Call;
3139
3140 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
3141
3142 begin
3143 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
3144 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
3145 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
3146 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
3147
3148 if Inside_A_Return_Statement (N)
3149 and then
3150 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3151 or else
3152 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Access_Type
3153 and then No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT))))
3154 then
3155 declare
3156 Decl : Node_Id;
3157 Outer_S : Entity_Id;
3158 S : Entity_Id;
3159
3160 begin
3161 S := Current_Scope;
3162 while Present (S) and then S /= Standard_Standard loop
3163 if Ekind (S) = E_Function then
3164 Outer_S := Scope (S);
3165
3166 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
3167
3168 Decl :=
3169 Parent
3170 (Parent
3171 (Corresponding_Body (Parent (Parent (S)))));
3172 exit;
3173 end if;
3174
3175 S := Scope (S);
3176 end loop;
3177
3178 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
3179 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
3180 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
3181 -- finalization context is now different.
3182
3183 Push_Scope (Outer_S);
3184 Build_Final_List (Decl, PtrT);
3185 Pop_Scope;
3186 end;
3187
3188 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
3189 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
3190
3191 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
3192 Build_Final_List (N, PtrT);
3193 end if;
3194
3195 Flist :=
3196 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
3197 Prefix =>
3198 New_Reference_To (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT), Loc),
3199 Selector_Name =>
3200 Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_F));
3201
3202 Coext_Elmt := First_Elmt (Coextensions (N));
3203 while Present (Coext_Elmt) loop
3204 Coext := Node (Coext_Elmt);
3205
3206 -- Generate:
3207 -- typ! (coext.all)
3208
3209 if Nkind (Coext) = N_Identifier then
3210 Ref :=
3211 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
3212 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Etype (Coext), Loc),
3213 Expression =>
3214 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3215 Prefix => New_Copy_Tree (Coext)));
3216 else
3217 Ref := New_Copy_Tree (Coext);
3218 end if;
3219
3220 -- No initialization call if not allowed
3221
3222 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3223
3224 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3225
3226 -- Generate:
3227 -- initialize (Ref)
3228 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3229
3230 if Needs_Initialization_Call (Coext) then
3231 Insert_Actions (N,
3232 Make_Init_Call (
3233 Ref => Ref,
3234 Typ => Etype (Coext),
3235 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3236 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3237
3238 -- Generate:
3239 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3240
3241 else
3242 Insert_Action (N,
3243 Make_Attach_Call (
3244 Obj_Ref => Ref,
3245 Flist_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Flist),
3246 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3247 end if;
3248 end if;
3249
3250 Next_Elmt (Coext_Elmt);
3251 end loop;
3252 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3253
3254 -------------------------
3255 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3256 -------------------------
3257
3258 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id) is
3259 Temp : constant Node_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C');
3260
3261 -- Generate:
3262 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3263
3264 Decl : constant Node_Id :=
3265 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3266 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3267 Aliased_Present => True,
3268 Object_Definition =>
3269 New_Occurrence_Of (Etyp, Loc));
3270 Nod : Node_Id;
3271
3272 begin
3273 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3274 Set_Expression (Decl, Expression (Expression (N)));
3275 end if;
3276
3277 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3278
3279 Nod := Parent (N);
3280 while Present (Nod) loop
3281 exit when Nkind (Nod) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3282 or else Nkind (Nod) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3283 or else Nkind (Nod) in N_Declaration;
3284 Nod := Parent (Nod);
3285 end loop;
3286
3287 Insert_Before (Nod, Decl);
3288 Analyze (Decl);
3289
3290 Rewrite (N,
3291 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3292 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3293 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3294
3295 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3296 end Rewrite_Coextension;
3297
3298 ------------------------------
3299 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements --
3300 ------------------------------
3301
3302 function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
3303 begin
3304 -- Logically this just returns E'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements.
3305 -- However, the reason for the existence of this function is
3306 -- to construct a test for sizes too large, which means near the
3307 -- 32-bit limit on a 32-bit machine, and precisely the trouble
3308 -- is that we get overflows when sizes are greater than 2**31.
3309
3310 -- So what we end up doing for array types is to use the expression:
3311
3312 -- number-of-elements * component_type'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
3313
3314 -- which avoids this problem. All this is a big bogus, but it does
3315 -- mean we catch common cases of trying to allocate arrays that
3316 -- are too large, and which in the absence of a check results in
3317 -- undetected chaos ???
3318
3319 declare
3320 Len : Node_Id;
3321 Res : Node_Id;
3322
3323 begin
3324 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (E) loop
3325 Len :=
3326 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3327 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (E, Loc),
3328 Attribute_Name => Name_Length,
3329 Expressions => New_List (
3330 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)));
3331
3332 if J = 1 then
3333 Res := Len;
3334
3335 else
3336 Res :=
3337 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3338 Left_Opnd => Res,
3339 Right_Opnd => Len);
3340 end if;
3341 end loop;
3342
3343 return
3344 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3345 Left_Opnd => Len,
3346 Right_Opnd =>
3347 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3348 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Component_Type (E), Loc),
3349 Attribute_Name => Name_Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements));
3350 end;
3351 end Size_In_Storage_Elements;
3352
3353 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3354
3355 begin
3356 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3357 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3358
3359 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3360
3361 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type (N);
3362
3363 -- Set the Storage Pool
3364
3365 Set_Storage_Pool (N, Associated_Storage_Pool (Root_Type (PtrT)));
3366
3367 if Present (Storage_Pool (N)) then
3368 if Is_RTE (Storage_Pool (N), RE_SS_Pool) then
3369 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3370 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_SS_Allocate));
3371 end if;
3372
3373 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Storage_Pool (N))) then
3374 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_Allocate_Any));
3375
3376 else
3377 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N,
3378 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Storage_Pool (N)), Name_Allocate));
3379 end if;
3380 end if;
3381
3382 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3383 -- to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3384 -- 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3385
3386 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3387 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3388
3389 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3390 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3391 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3392 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3393
3394 if Is_Access_Constant (PtrT)
3395 and then Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3396 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Expression (Expression (N)))
3397 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time (Etype (Expression
3398 (Expression (N))))
3399 and then not Is_Record_Type (Current_Scope)
3400 then
3401 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3402
3403 -- new x'(y)
3404
3405 -- We insert an object declaration
3406
3407 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3408
3409 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3410 -- marked as requiring static allocation.
3411
3412 Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', Expression (Expression (N)));
3413 Desig := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
3414
3415 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3416 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3417 -- unconstrained subtype.
3418
3419 if Entity (Desig) = Base_Type (Dtyp) then
3420 Desig := New_Occurrence_Of (Dtyp, Loc);
3421 end if;
3422
3423 Insert_Action (N,
3424 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3425 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3426 Aliased_Present => True,
3427 Constant_Present => Is_Access_Constant (PtrT),
3428 Object_Definition => Desig,
3429 Expression => Expression (Expression (N))));
3430
3431 Rewrite (N,
3432 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3433 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3434 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3435
3436 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3437
3438 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3439 -- it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3440
3441 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated (Temp);
3442 return;
3443 end if;
3444
3445 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3446 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3447 -- the enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3448
3449 if Is_Static_Coextension (N) then
3450 Rewrite_Coextension (N);
3451 return;
3452 end if;
3453
3454 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3455 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3456 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3457
3458 if Is_Coextension_Root (N) then
3459 Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3460 end if;
3461
3462 -- Check for size too large, we do this because the back end misses
3463 -- proper checks here and can generate rubbish allocation calls when
3464 -- we are near the limit. We only do this for the 32-bit address case
3465 -- since that is from a practical point of view where we see a problem.
3466
3467 if System_Address_Size = 32
3468 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (PtrT)
3469 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Dtyp)
3470 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Etyp)
3471 then
3472 -- The check we want to generate should look like
3473
3474 -- if Etyp'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements > 3.5 gigabytes then
3475 -- raise Storage_Error;
3476 -- end if;
3477
3478 -- where 3.5 gigabytes is a constant large enough to accomodate any
3479 -- reasonable request for. But we can't do it this way because at
3480 -- least at the moment we don't compute this attribute right, and
3481 -- can silently give wrong results when the result gets large. Since
3482 -- this is all about large results, that's bad, so instead we only
3483 -- apply the check for constrained arrays, and manually compute the
3484 -- value of the attribute ???
3485
3486 if Is_Array_Type (Etyp) and then Is_Constrained (Etyp) then
3487 Insert_Action (N,
3488 Make_Raise_Storage_Error (Loc,
3489 Condition =>
3490 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
3491 Left_Opnd => Size_In_Storage_Elements (Etyp),
3492 Right_Opnd =>
3493 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3494 Intval => Uint_7 * (Uint_2 ** 29))),
3495 Reason => SE_Object_Too_Large));
3496 end if;
3497 end if;
3498
3499 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3500 -- First apply constraint checks, because the bounds or discriminants
3501 -- in the aggregate might not match the subtype mark in the allocator.
3502
3503 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3504 Apply_Constraint_Check
3505 (Expression (Expression (N)), Etype (Expression (N)));
3506
3507 Expand_Allocator_Expression (N);
3508 return;
3509 end if;
3510
3511 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3512 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3513 -- rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3514 -- the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3515
3516 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3517
3518 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3519 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3520 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3521 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3522 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3523 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3524 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3525
3526 declare
3527 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Expression (N));
3528 Init : Entity_Id;
3529 Arg1 : Node_Id;
3530 Args : List_Id;
3531 Decls : List_Id;
3532 Decl : Node_Id;
3533 Discr : Elmt_Id;
3534 Flist : Node_Id;
3535 Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
3536 Temp_Type : Entity_Id;
3537 Attach_Level : Uint;
3538
3539 begin
3540 if No_Initialization (N) then
3541 null;
3542
3543 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3544
3545 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc (T) then
3546
3547 -- Case of simple initialization required
3548
3549 if Needs_Simple_Initialization (T) then
3550 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3551 Rewrite (Expression (N),
3552 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
3553 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc),
3554 Expression => Get_Simple_Init_Val (T, N)));
3555
3556 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (Expression (N)), T);
3557 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), T);
3558 Set_Paren_Count (Expression (Expression (N)), 1);
3559 Expand_N_Allocator (N);
3560
3561 -- No initialization required
3562
3563 else
3564 null;
3565 end if;
3566
3567 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3568
3569 else
3570 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3571
3572 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3573 Init := Base_Init_Proc (T);
3574 Nod := N;
3575 Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P');
3576
3577 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3578
3579 Arg1 :=
3580 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3581 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3582 Set_Assignment_OK (Arg1);
3583 Temp_Type := PtrT;
3584
3585 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3586 -- context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3587 -- being allocated has the right specific type.
3588
3589 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp) then
3590 Arg1 := Unchecked_Convert_To (T, Arg1);
3591 end if;
3592
3593 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3594 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3595 -- argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3596 -- to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3597 -- a derived type, we also convert the argument to its root
3598 -- type.
3599
3600 if Is_Concurrent_Type (T) then
3601 Arg1 :=
3602 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (T), Arg1);
3603
3604 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3605 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3606 and then Is_Concurrent_Type (Full_View (T))
3607 then
3608 Arg1 :=
3609 Unchecked_Convert_To
3610 (Corresponding_Record_Type (Full_View (T)), Arg1);
3611
3612 elsif Etype (First_Formal (Init)) /= Base_Type (T) then
3613 declare
3614 Ftyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Init));
3615 begin
3616 Arg1 := OK_Convert_To (Etype (Ftyp), Arg1);
3617 Set_Etype (Arg1, Ftyp);
3618 end;
3619 end if;
3620
3621 Args := New_List (Arg1);
3622
3623 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3624 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3625 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3626 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3627
3628 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3629 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3630 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3631
3632 if Has_Task (T) then
3633 if No (Master_Id (Base_Type (PtrT))) then
3634
3635 -- If we have a non-library level task with restriction
3636 -- No_Task_Hierarchy set, then no point in expanding.
3637
3638 if not Is_Library_Level_Entity (T)
3639 and then Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy)
3640 then
3641 return;
3642 end if;
3643
3644 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3645 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3646
3647 pragma Assert (Present (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT))));
3648 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3649 (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT)));
3650 end if;
3651
3652 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3653 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3654 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3655 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3656 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3657 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3658
3659 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
3660 declare
3661 Nam : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (N));
3662
3663 begin
3664 if Is_Entity_Name (Nam) then
3665 Decls :=
3666 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3667 (Loc,
3668 New_Occurrence_Of
3669 (Entity (Nam), Sloc (Nam)), T);
3670
3671 elsif Nkind_In
3672 (Nam, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
3673 and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (Nam))
3674 then
3675 Decls :=
3676 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3677 (Loc, Nam, Etype (Prefix (Nam)));
3678 else
3679 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3680 end if;
3681 end;
3682
3683 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Object_Declaration then
3684 Decls :=
3685 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3686 (Loc, Defining_Identifier (Parent (N)), T);
3687
3688 else
3689 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3690 end if;
3691
3692 Append_To (Args,
3693 New_Reference_To
3694 (Master_Id (Base_Type (Root_Type (PtrT))), Loc));
3695 Append_To (Args, Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uChain));
3696
3697 Decl := Last (Decls);
3698 Append_To (Args,
3699 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (Decl), Loc));
3700
3701 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3702
3703 else
3704 Decls := No_List;
3705 end if;
3706
3707 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3708
3709 declare
3710 Dis : Boolean := False;
3711 Typ : Entity_Id;
3712
3713 begin
3714 if Has_Discriminants (T) then
3715 Dis := True;
3716 Typ := T;
3717
3718 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3719 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3720 and then Has_Discriminants (Full_View (T))
3721 then
3722 Dis := True;
3723 Typ := Full_View (T);
3724 end if;
3725
3726 if Dis then
3727
3728 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3729 -- default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3730 -- with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3731 -- to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3732 -- 2005 (AI-363).
3733
3734 if not Is_Constrained (Typ)
3735 and then Present (Discriminant_Default_Value
3736 (First_Discriminant (Typ)))
3737 and then (Ada_Version < Ada_05
3738 or else
3739 not Has_Constrained_Partial_View (Typ))
3740 then
3741 Typ := Build_Default_Subtype (Typ, N);
3742 Set_Expression (N, New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc));
3743 end if;
3744
3745 Discr := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Typ));
3746 while Present (Discr) loop
3747 Nod := Node (Discr);
3748 Append (New_Copy_Tree (Node (Discr)), Args);
3749
3750 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3751 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3752 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3753
3754 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
3755 and then
3756 Ekind (Etype (Nod)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3757 then
3758 Apply_Accessibility_Check
3759 (Nod, Typ, Insert_Node => Nod);
3760 end if;
3761
3762 Next_Elmt (Discr);
3763 end loop;
3764 end if;
3765 end;
3766
3767 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3768 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3769 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3770
3771 Set_Analyzed (N, True);
3772 Nod := Relocate_Node (N);
3773
3774 -- Here is the transformation:
3775 -- input: new T
3776 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3777 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3778 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3779 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3780
3781 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3782 -- subtype of the allocator.
3783
3784 Temp_Decl :=
3785 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3786 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3787 Constant_Present => True,
3788 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Temp_Type, Loc),
3789 Expression => Nod);
3790
3791 Set_Assignment_OK (Temp_Decl);
3792 Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl, Suppress => All_Checks);
3793
3794 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3795 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3796 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3797
3798 if Has_Task (T) then
3799 declare
3800 L : constant List_Id := New_List;
3801 Blk : Node_Id;
3802 begin
3803 Build_Task_Allocate_Block (L, Nod, Args);
3804 Blk := Last (L);
3805 Insert_List_Before (First (Declarations (Blk)), Decls);
3806 Insert_Actions (N, L);
3807 end;
3808
3809 else
3810 Insert_Action (N,
3811 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
3812 Name => New_Reference_To (Init, Loc),
3813 Parameter_Associations => Args));
3814 end if;
3815
3816 if Needs_Finalization (T) then
3817
3818 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3819 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3820
3821 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension (N) then
3822 if No (Coextensions (N)) then
3823 Set_Coextensions (N, New_Elmt_List);
3824 end if;
3825
3826 Append_Elmt (New_Copy_Tree (Arg1), Coextensions (N));
3827
3828 else
3829 Flist :=
3830 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
3831
3832 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3833 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3834 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly,
3835 -- even if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3836 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3837 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3838 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3839 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3840
3841 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
3842 Attach_Level := Uint_1;
3843 else
3844 Attach_Level := Uint_2;
3845 end if;
3846
3847 Insert_Actions (N,
3848 Make_Init_Call (
3849 Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Arg1),
3850 Typ => T,
3851 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3852 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3853 Intval => Attach_Level)));
3854 end if;
3855 end if;
3856
3857 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3858 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3859 end if;
3860 end if;
3861 end;
3862
3863 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3864 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3865 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3866
3867 if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
3868 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
3869 then
3870 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
3871 end if;
3872
3873 exception
3874 when RE_Not_Available =>
3875 return;
3876 end Expand_N_Allocator;
3877
3878 -----------------------
3879 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3880 -----------------------
3881
3882 procedure Expand_N_And_Then (N : Node_Id)
3883 renames Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator;
3884
3885 ------------------------------
3886 -- Expand_N_Case_Expression --
3887 ------------------------------
3888
3889 procedure Expand_N_Case_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
3890 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3891 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3892 Cstmt : Node_Id;
3893 Tnn : Entity_Id;
3894 Pnn : Entity_Id;
3895 Actions : List_Id;
3896 Ttyp : Entity_Id;
3897 Alt : Node_Id;
3898 Fexp : Node_Id;
3899
3900 begin
3901 -- We expand
3902
3903 -- case X is when A => AX, when B => BX ...
3904
3905 -- to
3906
3907 -- do
3908 -- Tnn : typ;
3909 -- case X is
3910 -- when A =>
3911 -- Tnn := AX;
3912 -- when B =>
3913 -- Tnn := BX;
3914 -- ...
3915 -- end case;
3916 -- in Tnn end;
3917
3918 -- However, this expansion is wrong for limited types, and also
3919 -- wrong for unconstrained types (since the bounds may not be the
3920 -- same in all branches). Furthermore it involves an extra copy
3921 -- for large objects. So we take care of this by using the following
3922 -- modified expansion for non-scalar types:
3923
3924 -- do
3925 -- type Pnn is access all typ;
3926 -- Tnn : Pnn;
3927 -- case X is
3928 -- when A =>
3929 -- T := AX'Unrestricted_Access;
3930 -- when B =>
3931 -- T := BX'Unrestricted_Access;
3932 -- ...
3933 -- end case;
3934 -- in Tnn.all end;
3935
3936 Cstmt :=
3937 Make_Case_Statement (Loc,
3938 Expression => Expression (N),
3939 Alternatives => New_List);
3940
3941 Actions := New_List;
3942
3943 -- Scalar case
3944
3945 if Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
3946 Ttyp := Typ;
3947
3948 else
3949 Pnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P');
3950 Append_To (Actions,
3951 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
3952 Defining_Identifier => Pnn,
3953 Type_Definition =>
3954 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
3955 All_Present => True,
3956 Subtype_Indication =>
3957 New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
3958 Ttyp := Pnn;
3959 end if;
3960
3961 Tnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T');
3962 Append_To (Actions,
3963 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3964 Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
3965 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Ttyp, Loc)));
3966
3967 -- Now process the alternatives
3968
3969 Alt := First (Alternatives (N));
3970 while Present (Alt) loop
3971 declare
3972 Aexp : Node_Id := Expression (Alt);
3973 Aloc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Aexp);
3974
3975 begin
3976 if not Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
3977 Aexp :=
3978 Make_Attribute_Reference (Aloc,
3979 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Aexp),
3980 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access);
3981 end if;
3982
3983 Append_To
3984 (Alternatives (Cstmt),
3985 Make_Case_Statement_Alternative (Sloc (Alt),
3986 Discrete_Choices => Discrete_Choices (Alt),
3987 Statements => New_List (
3988 Make_Assignment_Statement (Aloc,
3989 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
3990 Expression => Aexp))));
3991 end;
3992
3993 Next (Alt);
3994 end loop;
3995
3996 Append_To (Actions, Cstmt);
3997
3998 -- Construct and return final expression with actions
3999
4000 if Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4001 Fexp := New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc);
4002 else
4003 Fexp :=
4004 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
4005 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
4006 end if;
4007
4008 Rewrite (N,
4009 Make_Expression_With_Actions (Loc,
4010 Expression => Fexp,
4011 Actions => Actions));
4012
4013 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4014 end Expand_N_Case_Expression;
4015
4016 -------------------------------------
4017 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
4018 -------------------------------------
4019
4020 -- Deal with limited types and expression actions
4021
4022 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
4023 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4024 Cond : constant Node_Id := First (Expressions (N));
4025 Thenx : constant Node_Id := Next (Cond);
4026 Elsex : constant Node_Id := Next (Thenx);
4027 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4028
4029 Cnn : Entity_Id;
4030 Decl : Node_Id;
4031 New_If : Node_Id;
4032 New_N : Node_Id;
4033 P_Decl : Node_Id;
4034 Expr : Node_Id;
4035 Actions : List_Id;
4036
4037 begin
4038 -- Fold at compile time if condition known. We have already folded
4039 -- static conditional expressions, but it is possible to fold any
4040 -- case in which the condition is known at compile time, even though
4041 -- the result is non-static.
4042
4043 -- Note that we don't do the fold of such cases in Sem_Elab because
4044 -- it can cause infinite loops with the expander adding a conditional
4045 -- expression, and Sem_Elab circuitry removing it repeatedly.
4046
4047 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Cond) then
4048 if Is_True (Expr_Value (Cond)) then
4049 Expr := Thenx;
4050 Actions := Then_Actions (N);
4051 else
4052 Expr := Elsex;
4053 Actions := Else_Actions (N);
4054 end if;
4055
4056 Remove (Expr);
4057
4058 if Present (Actions) then
4059
4060 -- If we are not allowed to use Expression_With_Actions, just
4061 -- skip the optimization, it is not critical for correctness.
4062
4063 if not Use_Expression_With_Actions then
4064 goto Skip_Optimization;
4065 end if;
4066
4067 Rewrite (N,
4068 Make_Expression_With_Actions (Loc,
4069 Expression => Relocate_Node (Expr),
4070 Actions => Actions));
4071 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4072
4073 else
4074 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Expr));
4075 end if;
4076
4077 -- Note that the result is never static (legitimate cases of static
4078 -- conditional expressions were folded in Sem_Eval).
4079
4080 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
4081 return;
4082 end if;
4083
4084 <<Skip_Optimization>>
4085
4086 -- If the type is limited or unconstrained, we expand as follows to
4087 -- avoid any possibility of improper copies.
4088
4089 -- Note: it may be possible to avoid this special processing if the
4090 -- back end uses its own mechanisms for handling by-reference types ???
4091
4092 -- type Ptr is access all Typ;
4093 -- Cnn : Ptr;
4094 -- if cond then
4095 -- <<then actions>>
4096 -- Cnn := then-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4097 -- else
4098 -- <<else actions>>
4099 -- Cnn := else-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4100 -- end if;
4101
4102 -- and replace the conditional expresion by a reference to Cnn.all.
4103
4104 -- This special case can be skipped if the back end handles limited
4105 -- types properly and ensures that no incorrect copies are made.
4106
4107 if Is_By_Reference_Type (Typ)
4108 and then not Back_End_Handles_Limited_Types
4109 then
4110 Cnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', N);
4111
4112 P_Decl :=
4113 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
4114 Defining_Identifier => Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A'),
4115 Type_Definition =>
4116 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
4117 All_Present => True,
4118 Subtype_Indication =>
4119 New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
4120
4121 Insert_Action (N, P_Decl);
4122
4123 Decl :=
4124 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4125 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
4126 Object_Definition =>
4127 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (P_Decl), Loc));
4128
4129 New_If :=
4130 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
4131 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
4132
4133 Then_Statements => New_List (
4134 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
4135 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
4136 Expression =>
4137 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4138 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access,
4139 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Thenx)))),
4140
4141 Else_Statements => New_List (
4142 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
4143 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
4144 Expression =>
4145 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4146 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access,
4147 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Elsex)))));
4148
4149 New_N :=
4150 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
4151 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc));
4152
4153 -- For other types, we only need to expand if there are other actions
4154 -- associated with either branch.
4155
4156 elsif Present (Then_Actions (N)) or else Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4157
4158 -- We have two approaches to handling this. If we are allowed to use
4159 -- N_Expression_With_Actions, then we can just wrap the actions into
4160 -- the appropriate expression.
4161
4162 if Use_Expression_With_Actions then
4163 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
4164 Rewrite (Thenx,
4165 Make_Expression_With_Actions (Sloc (Thenx),
4166 Actions => Then_Actions (N),
4167 Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx)));
4168 Set_Then_Actions (N, No_List);
4169 Analyze_And_Resolve (Thenx, Typ);
4170 end if;
4171
4172 if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4173 Rewrite (Elsex,
4174 Make_Expression_With_Actions (Sloc (Elsex),
4175 Actions => Else_Actions (N),
4176 Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex)));
4177 Set_Else_Actions (N, No_List);
4178 Analyze_And_Resolve (Elsex, Typ);
4179 end if;
4180
4181 return;
4182
4183 -- if we can't use N_Expression_With_Actions nodes, then we insert
4184 -- the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
4185
4186 -- Cnn : typ;
4187 -- if cond then
4188 -- <<then actions>>
4189 -- Cnn := then-expr;
4190 -- else
4191 -- <<else actions>>
4192 -- Cnn := else-expr
4193 -- end if;
4194
4195 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
4196
4197 else
4198 Cnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', N);
4199
4200 Decl :=
4201 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4202 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
4203 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
4204
4205 New_If :=
4206 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
4207 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
4208
4209 Then_Statements => New_List (
4210 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
4211 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
4212 Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx))),
4213
4214 Else_Statements => New_List (
4215 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
4216 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
4217 Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex))));
4218
4219 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Then_Statements (New_If))));
4220 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Else_Statements (New_If))));
4221
4222 New_N := New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc);
4223 end if;
4224
4225 -- If no actions then no expansion needed, gigi will handle it using
4226 -- the same approach as a C conditional expression.
4227
4228 else
4229 return;
4230 end if;
4231
4232 -- Fall through here for either the limited expansion, or the case of
4233 -- inserting actions for non-limited types. In both these cases, we must
4234 -- move the SLOC of the parent If statement to the newly created one and
4235 -- change it to the SLOC of the expression which, after expansion, will
4236 -- correspond to what is being evaluated.
4237
4238 if Present (Parent (N))
4239 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_If_Statement
4240 then
4241 Set_Sloc (New_If, Sloc (Parent (N)));
4242 Set_Sloc (Parent (N), Loc);
4243 end if;
4244
4245 -- Make sure Then_Actions and Else_Actions are appropriately moved
4246 -- to the new if statement.
4247
4248 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
4249 Insert_List_Before
4250 (First (Then_Statements (New_If)), Then_Actions (N));
4251 end if;
4252
4253 if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4254 Insert_List_Before
4255 (First (Else_Statements (New_If)), Else_Actions (N));
4256 end if;
4257
4258 Insert_Action (N, Decl);
4259 Insert_Action (N, New_If);
4260 Rewrite (N, New_N);
4261 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4262 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression;
4263
4264 -----------------------------------
4265 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
4266 -----------------------------------
4267
4268 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference (N : Node_Id) is
4269 begin
4270 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
4271
4272 Insert_Dereference_Action (Prefix (N));
4273 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference;
4274
4275 -----------------
4276 -- Expand_N_In --
4277 -----------------
4278
4279 procedure Expand_N_In (N : Node_Id) is
4280 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4281 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4282 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4283 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4284 Static : constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression (N);
4285
4286 procedure Expand_Set_Membership;
4287 -- For each disjunct we create a simple equality or membership test.
4288 -- The whole membership is rewritten as a short-circuit disjunction.
4289
4290 ---------------------------
4291 -- Expand_Set_Membership --
4292 ---------------------------
4293
4294 procedure Expand_Set_Membership is
4295 Alt : Node_Id;
4296 Res : Node_Id;
4297
4298 function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
4299 -- If the alternative is a subtype mark, create a simple membership
4300 -- test. Otherwise create an equality test for it.
4301
4302 ---------------
4303 -- Make_Cond --
4304 ---------------
4305
4306 function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
4307 Cond : Node_Id;
4308 L : constant Node_Id := New_Copy (Lop);
4309 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Alt);
4310
4311 begin
4312 if Is_Entity_Name (Alt)
4313 and then Is_Type (Entity (Alt))
4314 then
4315 Cond :=
4316 Make_In (Sloc (Alt),
4317 Left_Opnd => L,
4318 Right_Opnd => R);
4319 else
4320 Cond := Make_Op_Eq (Sloc (Alt),
4321 Left_Opnd => L,
4322 Right_Opnd => R);
4323 end if;
4324
4325 return Cond;
4326 end Make_Cond;
4327
4328 -- Start of proessing for Expand_N_In
4329
4330 begin
4331 Alt := Last (Alternatives (N));
4332 Res := Make_Cond (Alt);
4333
4334 Prev (Alt);
4335 while Present (Alt) loop
4336 Res :=
4337 Make_Or_Else (Sloc (Alt),
4338 Left_Opnd => Make_Cond (Alt),
4339 Right_Opnd => Res);
4340 Prev (Alt);
4341 end loop;
4342
4343 Rewrite (N, Res);
4344 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
4345 end Expand_Set_Membership;
4346
4347 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check;
4348 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
4349 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
4350
4351 ----------------------------
4352 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
4353 ----------------------------
4354
4355 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check is
4356 begin
4357 Rewrite (N,
4358 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4359 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Lop),
4360 Attribute_Name => Name_Valid));
4361
4362 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4363
4364 Error_Msg_N ("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N);
4365 Error_Msg_N -- CODEFIX
4366 ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N);
4367 return;
4368 end Substitute_Valid_Check;
4369
4370 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
4371
4372 begin
4373 if Present (Alternatives (N)) then
4374 Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
4375 Expand_Set_Membership;
4376 return;
4377 end if;
4378
4379 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
4380 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
4381 -- test and give a warning. For floating point types however, this is a
4382 -- standard way to check for finite numbers, and using 'Valid vould
4383 -- typically be a pessimization.
4384
4385 if Is_Scalar_Type (Etype (Lop))
4386 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (Lop))
4387 and then Nkind (Rop) in N_Has_Entity
4388 and then Etype (Lop) = Entity (Rop)
4389 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4390 and then VM_Target = No_VM
4391 then
4392 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4393 return;
4394 end if;
4395
4396 -- Do validity check on operands
4397
4398 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
4399 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
4400 Validity_Check_Range (Right_Opnd (N));
4401 end if;
4402
4403 -- Case of explicit range
4404
4405 if Nkind (Rop) = N_Range then
4406 declare
4407 Lo : constant Node_Id := Low_Bound (Rop);
4408 Hi : constant Node_Id := High_Bound (Rop);
4409
4410 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
4411
4412 Lo_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Lo);
4413 Hi_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Hi);
4414
4415 Lcheck : Compare_Result;
4416 Ucheck : Compare_Result;
4417
4418 Warn1 : constant Boolean :=
4419 Constant_Condition_Warnings
4420 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4421 and then not In_Instance;
4422 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
4423 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on. We
4424 -- also skip these warnings in an instance since it may be the
4425 -- case that different instantiations have different ranges.
4426
4427 Warn2 : constant Boolean :=
4428 Warn1
4429 and then Nkind (Original_Node (Rop)) = N_Range
4430 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Lo));
4431 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
4432 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
4433 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
4434 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds is
4435 -- the same as the type of the expression.
4436
4437 begin
4438 -- If test is explicit x'first .. x'last, replace by valid check
4439
4440 if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
4441 and then Nkind (Lo_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4442 and then Attribute_Name (Lo_Orig) = Name_First
4443 and then Nkind (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4444 and then Entity (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) = Ltyp
4445 and then Nkind (Hi_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4446 and then Attribute_Name (Hi_Orig) = Name_Last
4447 and then Nkind (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4448 and then Entity (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) = Ltyp
4449 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4450 and then VM_Target = No_VM
4451 then
4452 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4453 return;
4454 end if;
4455
4456 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
4457 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
4458 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
4459 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
4460
4461 if Comes_From_Source (N)
4462 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
4463 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp))
4464 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp))
4465 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
4466 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
4467 and then Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Hi)
4468 and then Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Lo)
4469
4470 -- Kill warnings in instances, since they may be cases where we
4471 -- have a test in the generic that makes sense with some types
4472 -- and not with other types.
4473
4474 and then not In_Instance
4475 then
4476 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4477 return;
4478 end if;
4479
4480 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based on
4481 -- range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
4482
4483 Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => False);
4484 Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => False);
4485
4486 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
4487 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
4488 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
4489
4490 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4491 if Warn1 then
4492 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4493 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be out of range", N);
4494 end if;
4495
4496 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc));
4497 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4498 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4499
4500 return;
4501
4502 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
4503 -- since we know we are in range.
4504
4505 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4506 if Warn1 then
4507 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4508 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", N);
4509 end if;
4510
4511 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4512 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4513 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4514
4515 return;
4516
4517 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
4518 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4519 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
4520
4521 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4522 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4523 Error_Msg_N ("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo);
4524 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Lo);
4525 end if;
4526
4527 Rewrite (N,
4528 Make_Op_Le (Loc,
4529 Left_Opnd => Lop,
4530 Right_Opnd => High_Bound (Rop)));
4531 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4532
4533 return;
4534
4535 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
4536 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4537 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
4538
4539 elsif Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4540 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4541 Error_Msg_N ("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi);
4542 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Hi);
4543 end if;
4544
4545 Rewrite (N,
4546 Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
4547 Left_Opnd => Lop,
4548 Right_Opnd => Low_Bound (Rop)));
4549 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4550
4551 return;
4552 end if;
4553
4554 -- We couldn't optimize away the range check, but there is one
4555 -- more issue. If we are checking constant conditionals, then we
4556 -- see if we can determine the outcome assuming everything is
4557 -- valid, and if so give an appropriate warning.
4558
4559 if Warn1 and then not Assume_No_Invalid_Values then
4560 Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => True);
4561 Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
4562
4563 -- Result is out of range for valid value
4564
4565 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4566 Error_Msg_N
4567 ("?value can only be in range if it is invalid", N);
4568
4569 -- Result is in range for valid value
4570
4571 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4572 Error_Msg_N
4573 ("?value can only be out of range if it is invalid", N);
4574
4575 -- Lower bound check succeeds if value is valid
4576
4577 elsif Warn2 and then Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4578 Error_Msg_N
4579 ("?lower bound check only fails if it is invalid", Lo);
4580
4581 -- Upper bound check succeeds if value is valid
4582
4583 elsif Warn2 and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4584 Error_Msg_N
4585 ("?upper bound check only fails for invalid values", Hi);
4586 end if;
4587 end if;
4588 end;
4589
4590 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
4591
4592 return;
4593
4594 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
4595
4596 else
4597 declare
4598 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
4599 Is_Acc : constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type (Typ);
4600 Cond : Node_Id := Empty;
4601 New_N : Node_Id;
4602 Obj : Node_Id := Lop;
4603 SCIL_Node : Node_Id;
4604
4605 begin
4606 Remove_Side_Effects (Obj);
4607
4608 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
4609
4610 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
4611
4612 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
4613 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
4614 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
4615 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
4616
4617 if Tagged_Type_Expansion then
4618 Tagged_Membership (N, SCIL_Node, New_N);
4619 Rewrite (N, New_N);
4620 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4621
4622 -- Update decoration of relocated node referenced by the
4623 -- SCIL node.
4624
4625 if Generate_SCIL and then Present (SCIL_Node) then
4626 Set_SCIL_Node (N, SCIL_Node);
4627 end if;
4628 end if;
4629
4630 return;
4631
4632 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'first .. t'last.
4633 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
4634 -- type if they come from the original type definition. Also this
4635 -- way we get all the processing above for an explicit range.
4636
4637 elsif Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4638 Rewrite (Rop,
4639 Make_Range (Loc,
4640 Low_Bound =>
4641 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4642 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
4643 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
4644
4645 High_Bound =>
4646 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4647 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
4648 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
4649 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4650 return;
4651
4652 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
4653 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
4654 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
4655 -- discriminants.
4656
4657 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Typ))
4658 and then Is_Constrained (Typ)
4659 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lop)
4660 then
4661 Insert_Action (N,
4662 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
4663 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
4664
4665 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
4666 -- test as False.
4667
4668 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
4669 return;
4670 end if;
4671
4672 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
4673
4674 if Is_Acc then
4675 Typ := Designated_Type (Typ);
4676 end if;
4677
4678 if not Is_Constrained (Typ) then
4679 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4680 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4681
4682 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
4683 -- for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
4684 -- must match in any case).
4685
4686 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
4687 Check_Subscripts : declare
4688 function Build_Attribute_Reference
4689 (E : Node_Id;
4690 Nam : Name_Id;
4691 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id;
4692 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam (Dim)
4693
4694 -------------------------------
4695 -- Build_Attribute_Reference --
4696 -------------------------------
4697
4698 function Build_Attribute_Reference
4699 (E : Node_Id;
4700 Nam : Name_Id;
4701 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id
4702 is
4703 begin
4704 return
4705 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4706 Prefix => E,
4707 Attribute_Name => Nam,
4708 Expressions => New_List (
4709 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Dim)));
4710 end Build_Attribute_Reference;
4711
4712 -- Start of processing for Check_Subscripts
4713
4714 begin
4715 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Typ) loop
4716 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4717 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4718 Left_Opnd =>
4719 Build_Attribute_Reference
4720 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4721 Name_First, J),
4722 Right_Opnd =>
4723 Build_Attribute_Reference
4724 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_First, J)));
4725
4726 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4727 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4728 Left_Opnd =>
4729 Build_Attribute_Reference
4730 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4731 Name_Last, J),
4732 Right_Opnd =>
4733 Build_Attribute_Reference
4734 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_Last, J)));
4735 end loop;
4736
4737 if Is_Acc then
4738 Cond :=
4739 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4740 Left_Opnd =>
4741 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4742 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4743 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4744 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4745 end if;
4746
4747 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4748 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4749 end Check_Subscripts;
4750
4751 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
4752 -- e.g. records with possible discriminants
4753
4754 else
4755 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4756 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
4757 -- is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4758
4759 Obj := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
4760
4761 if Has_Discriminants (Typ) then
4762 Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4763 Right_Opnd => Build_Discriminant_Checks (Obj, Typ));
4764
4765 if Is_Acc then
4766 Cond := Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4767 Left_Opnd =>
4768 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4769 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4770 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4771 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4772 end if;
4773
4774 else
4775 Cond := New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc);
4776 end if;
4777
4778 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4779 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4780 end if;
4781 end;
4782 end if;
4783 end Expand_N_In;
4784
4785 --------------------------------
4786 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4787 --------------------------------
4788
4789 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component (N : Node_Id) is
4790 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4791 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4792 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
4793 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (P);
4794
4795 begin
4796 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
4797 -- selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
4798 -- example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
4799 -- the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
4800 -- itself has already been generated. The range check for the
4801 -- subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
4802 -- the subtype of the slice.
4803
4804 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
4805 -- messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
4806 -- some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
4807 -- of dealing specially with object renamings.
4808
4809 if Nkind (P) = N_Slice then
4810 Rewrite (N,
4811 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
4812 Prefix => Prefix (P),
4813 Expressions => New_List (
4814 Convert_To
4815 (Etype (First_Index (Etype (P))),
4816 First (Expressions (N))))));
4817 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4818 return;
4819 end if;
4820
4821 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
4822 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
4823
4824 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
4825 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
4826 then
4827 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
4828 end if;
4829
4830 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
4831 -- as an explicit dereference. This simplifies processing for several
4832 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
4833 -- must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
4834 -- necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4835
4836 if Is_Access_Type (T) then
4837 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
4838 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (T));
4839 end if;
4840
4841 -- Generate index and validity checks
4842
4843 Generate_Index_Checks (N);
4844
4845 if Validity_Checks_On and then Validity_Check_Subscripts then
4846 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks (N);
4847 end if;
4848
4849 -- All done for the non-packed case
4850
4851 if not Is_Packed (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4852 return;
4853 end if;
4854
4855 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4856 -- with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
4857 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4858
4859 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4860 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4861 return;
4862 end if;
4863
4864 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4865 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4866 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4867
4868 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
4869 -- prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4870 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4871
4872 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4873 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4874
4875 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4876 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4877
4878 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4879
4880 -- The prefix of an address or bit or size attribute reference
4881
4882 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4883
4884 declare
4885 Child : Node_Id := N;
4886 Parnt : Node_Id := Parent (N);
4887
4888 begin
4889 loop
4890 if Nkind (Parnt) = N_Unchecked_Expression then
4891 null;
4892
4893 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration,
4894 N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4895 or else (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Parameter_Association
4896 and then
4897 Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4898 then
4899 return;
4900
4901 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4902 and then (Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Address
4903 or else
4904 Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Bit
4905 or else
4906 Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Size)
4907 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4908 then
4909 return;
4910
4911 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Assignment_Statement
4912 and then Name (Parnt) = Child
4913 then
4914 return;
4915
4916 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
4917 -- be expanded regardless of context.
4918
4919 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
4920 and then Child /= Prefix (Parnt)
4921 then
4922 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4923 return;
4924
4925 elsif Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Assignment_Statement
4926 and then Name (Parent (Parnt)) = Parnt
4927 then
4928 return;
4929
4930 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4931 and then Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Read
4932 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parnt))) = Child
4933 then
4934 return;
4935
4936 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
4937 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4938 then
4939 null;
4940
4941 else
4942 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4943 return;
4944 end if;
4945
4946 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
4947 -- prefix of a possible assignment left side.
4948
4949 Child := Parnt;
4950 Parnt := Parent (Child);
4951 end loop;
4952 end;
4953 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component;
4954
4955 ---------------------
4956 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
4957 ---------------------
4958
4959 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
4960 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
4961
4962 procedure Expand_N_Not_In (N : Node_Id) is
4963 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4964 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4965 Cfs : constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source (N);
4966
4967 begin
4968 Rewrite (N,
4969 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4970 Right_Opnd =>
4971 Make_In (Loc,
4972 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
4973 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N))));
4974
4975 -- If this is a set membership, preserve list of alternatives
4976
4977 Set_Alternatives (Right_Opnd (N), Alternatives (Original_Node (N)));
4978
4979 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
4980 -- transformations in Expand_N_In).
4981
4982 Set_Comes_From_Source (N, Cfs);
4983 Set_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (N), Cfs);
4984
4985 -- Now analyze transformed node
4986
4987 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4988 end Expand_N_Not_In;
4989
4990 -------------------
4991 -- Expand_N_Null --
4992 -------------------
4993
4994 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of type that is
4995 -- an access to protected subprogram. We represent such access values as a
4996 -- record, and so we must replace the occurrence of null by the equivalent
4997 -- record (with a null address and a null pointer in it), so that the
4998 -- backend creates the proper value.
4999
5000 procedure Expand_N_Null (N : Node_Id) is
5001 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5002 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5003 Agg : Node_Id;
5004
5005 begin
5006 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type (Typ) then
5007 Agg :=
5008 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
5009 Expressions => New_List (
5010 New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Null_Address), Loc),
5011 Make_Null (Loc)));
5012
5013 Rewrite (N, Agg);
5014 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Equivalent_Type (Typ));
5015
5016 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
5017 -- Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
5018 -- type before processing the node.
5019
5020 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
5021 end if;
5022
5023 exception
5024 when RE_Not_Available =>
5025 return;
5026 end Expand_N_Null;
5027
5028 ---------------------
5029 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
5030 ---------------------
5031
5032 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs (N : Node_Id) is
5033 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5034 Expr : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5035
5036 begin
5037 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5038
5039 -- Deal with software overflow checking
5040
5041 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
5042 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5043 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
5044 then
5045 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
5046 -- largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
5047
5048 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
5049
5050 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
5051
5052 Insert_Action (N,
5053 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
5054 Condition =>
5055 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5056 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Expr),
5057 Right_Opnd =>
5058 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
5059 Prefix =>
5060 New_Occurrence_Of (Base_Type (Etype (Expr)), Loc),
5061 Attribute_Name => Name_First)),
5062 Reason => CE_Overflow_Check_Failed));
5063 end if;
5064
5065 -- Vax floating-point types case
5066
5067 if Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
5068 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5069 end if;
5070 end Expand_N_Op_Abs;
5071
5072 ---------------------
5073 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
5074 ---------------------
5075
5076 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add (N : Node_Id) is
5077 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5078
5079 begin
5080 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5081
5082 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
5083
5084 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5085 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
5086 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
5087 then
5088 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
5089 return;
5090
5091 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left_Opnd (N))
5092 and then Expr_Value (Left_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
5093 then
5094 Rewrite (N, Right_Opnd (N));
5095 return;
5096 end if;
5097 end if;
5098
5099 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
5100
5101 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
5102 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
5103 then
5104 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
5105 return;
5106
5107 -- Vax floating-point types case
5108
5109 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
5110 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5111 end if;
5112 end Expand_N_Op_Add;
5113
5114 ---------------------
5115 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
5116 ---------------------
5117
5118 procedure Expand_N_Op_And (N : Node_Id) is
5119 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5120
5121 begin
5122 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5123
5124 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
5125 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
5126
5127 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
5128
5129 -- Replace AND by AND THEN if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the
5130 -- type is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-
5131 -- standard Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
5132
5133 if Short_Circuit_And_Or and then Typ = Standard_Boolean then
5134 Rewrite (N,
5135 Make_And_Then (Sloc (N),
5136 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N)),
5137 Right_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N))));
5138 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5139
5140 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
5141
5142 else
5143 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5144 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5145 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5146 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5147 end if;
5148 end if;
5149 end Expand_N_Op_And;
5150
5151 ------------------------
5152 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
5153 ------------------------
5154
5155 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat (N : Node_Id) is
5156 Opnds : List_Id;
5157 -- List of operands to be concatenated
5158
5159 Cnode : Node_Id;
5160 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
5161 -- in the list Opnds.
5162
5163 begin
5164 -- Ensure validity of both operands
5165
5166 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5167
5168 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
5169 -- then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
5170 -- concatenations as a unit.
5171
5172 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Concat
5173 and then N = Left_Opnd (Parent (N))
5174 then
5175 return;
5176 end if;
5177
5178 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
5179 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
5180 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
5181 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
5182
5183 Cnode := N;
5184 while Nkind (Left_Opnd (Cnode)) = N_Op_Concat loop
5185 Cnode := Left_Opnd (Cnode);
5186 end loop;
5187
5188 -- Now Cnode is the deepest concatenation, and its parents are the
5189 -- concatenation nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the
5190 -- operations. We gather a string that is as long as possible up to five
5191 -- operands.
5192
5193 -- The outer loop runs more than once if more than one concatenation
5194 -- type is involved.
5195
5196 Outer : loop
5197 Opnds := New_List (Left_Opnd (Cnode), Right_Opnd (Cnode));
5198 Set_Parent (Opnds, N);
5199
5200 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands
5201
5202 Inner : while Cnode /= N
5203 and then Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) =
5204 Base_Type (Etype (Parent (Cnode)))
5205 loop
5206 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5207 Append (Right_Opnd (Cnode), Opnds);
5208 end loop Inner;
5209
5210 Expand_Concatenate (Cnode, Opnds);
5211
5212 exit Outer when Cnode = N;
5213 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5214 end loop Outer;
5215 end Expand_N_Op_Concat;
5216
5217 ------------------------
5218 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
5219 ------------------------
5220
5221 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide (N : Node_Id) is
5222 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5223 Lopnd : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5224 Ropnd : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5225 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lopnd);
5226 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Ropnd);
5227 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5228 Rknow : constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
5229 and then
5230 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Ropnd);
5231 Rval : Uint;
5232
5233 begin
5234 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5235
5236 if Rknow then
5237 Rval := Expr_Value (Ropnd);
5238 end if;
5239
5240 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
5241
5242 if Rknow and then Rval = Uint_1 then
5243 Rewrite (N, Lopnd);
5244 return;
5245 end if;
5246
5247 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
5248 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
5249 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
5250
5251 if Nkind (Ropnd) = N_Op_Expon
5252 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Ropnd)
5253
5254 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
5255 -- have 64-bit integers and long shifts are not available.
5256
5257 and then
5258 (Esize (Ltyp) <= 32
5259 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target)
5260 then
5261 Rewrite (N,
5262 Make_Op_Shift_Right (Loc,
5263 Left_Opnd => Lopnd,
5264 Right_Opnd =>
5265 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Ropnd))));
5266 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5267 return;
5268 end if;
5269
5270 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
5271
5272 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
5273 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
5274 Typ := Etype (N);
5275 end if;
5276
5277 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
5278
5279 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
5280
5281 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
5282 -- from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
5283 -- operations and will be treated that way.
5284
5285 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
5286 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5287 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
5288 else
5289 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
5290 end if;
5291 end if;
5292
5293 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
5294 -- case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
5295
5296 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else
5297 Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
5298 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
5299 then
5300 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5301 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
5302 else
5303 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
5304 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
5305 end if;
5306
5307 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
5308 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
5309
5310 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5311 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
5312 then
5313 Rewrite (Ropnd,
5314 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Ropnd)));
5315
5316 Analyze_And_Resolve (Ropnd, Universal_Real);
5317
5318 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5319 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
5320 then
5321 Rewrite (Lopnd,
5322 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lopnd)));
5323
5324 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lopnd, Universal_Real);
5325
5326 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
5327
5328 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5329 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
5330
5331 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
5332 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
5333 -- long shifts).
5334
5335 if Esize (Ltyp) > 32
5336 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
5337 and then
5338 (not Rknow
5339 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
5340 or else (Rval /= Uint_2 and then
5341 Rval /= Uint_4 and then
5342 Rval /= Uint_8 and then
5343 Rval /= Uint_16 and then
5344 Rval /= Uint_32 and then
5345 Rval /= Uint_64))
5346 then
5347 Error_Msg_CRT ("64-bit division", N);
5348 end if;
5349
5350 -- Deal with Vax_Float
5351
5352 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
5353 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5354 return;
5355 end if;
5356 end Expand_N_Op_Divide;
5357
5358 --------------------
5359 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
5360 --------------------
5361
5362 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq (N : Node_Id) is
5363 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5364 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5365 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5366 Rhs : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5367 Bodies : constant List_Id := New_List;
5368 A_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lhs);
5369
5370 Typl : Entity_Id := A_Typ;
5371 Op_Name : Entity_Id;
5372 Prim : Elmt_Id;
5373
5374 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id);
5375 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
5376 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
5377 -- inherited.
5378
5379 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5380 -- Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
5381 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
5382
5383 -------------------------
5384 -- Build_Equality_Call --
5385 -------------------------
5386
5387 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id) is
5388 Op_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq));
5389 L_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Lhs);
5390 R_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Rhs);
5391
5392 begin
5393 if Base_Type (Op_Type) /= Base_Type (A_Typ)
5394 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (A_Typ)
5395 then
5396 L_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, L_Exp);
5397 R_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, R_Exp);
5398 end if;
5399
5400 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
5401 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
5402 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
5403 -- inferable discriminants.
5404
5405 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Op_Type) then
5406 declare
5407 Lhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (L_Exp);
5408 Rhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (R_Exp);
5409 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5410 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5411
5412 begin
5413 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
5414 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
5415 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
5416 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
5417 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
5418
5419 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
5420 -- . . .
5421 -- end record;
5422 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
5423
5424 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5425
5426 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
5427 -- . . .
5428 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5429 -- . . .
5430 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
5431 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
5432
5433 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
5434 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
5435
5436 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
5437
5438 -- Generated code:
5439
5440 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
5441
5442 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
5443 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
5444 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
5445
5446 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5447
5448 -- type
5449 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
5450 -- is record
5451 -- . . .
5452 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5453 -- . . .
5454 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5455
5456 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5457 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
5458
5459 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
5460
5461 -- Generated code:
5462
5463 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
5464 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
5465
5466 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
5467 -- the enclosing record.
5468
5469 -- Lhs of equality
5470
5471 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
5472 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5473 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
5474 then
5475 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
5476
5477 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope
5478 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs))))
5479 then
5480 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5481 Make_Identifier (Loc,
5482 Chars => Name_A);
5483
5484 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
5485 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
5486
5487 else
5488 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5489 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
5490 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
5491 Selector_Name =>
5492 New_Copy
5493 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5494 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
5495 Lhs_Type,
5496 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
5497 end if;
5498
5499 -- Comment needed here ???
5500
5501 else
5502 -- Infer the discriminant value
5503
5504 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5505 New_Copy
5506 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5507 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
5508 Lhs_Type,
5509 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
5510 end if;
5511
5512 -- Rhs of equality
5513
5514 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
5515 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5516 (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
5517 then
5518 if Is_Unchecked_Union
5519 (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs))))
5520 then
5521 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5522 Make_Identifier (Loc,
5523 Chars => Name_B);
5524
5525 else
5526 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5527 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
5528 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
5529 Selector_Name =>
5530 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
5531 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
5532 Rhs_Type,
5533 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
5534
5535 end if;
5536 else
5537 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5538 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
5539 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
5540 Rhs_Type,
5541 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
5542
5543 end if;
5544
5545 Rewrite (N,
5546 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5547 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
5548 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5549 L_Exp,
5550 R_Exp,
5551 Lhs_Discr_Val,
5552 Rhs_Discr_Val)));
5553 end;
5554
5555 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
5556
5557 else
5558 Rewrite (N,
5559 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5560 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
5561 Parameter_Associations => New_List (L_Exp, R_Exp)));
5562 end if;
5563
5564 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5565 end Build_Equality_Call;
5566
5567 ------------------------------------
5568 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
5569 ------------------------------------
5570
5571 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5572 (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean
5573 is
5574 Tdef : constant Node_Id :=
5575 Type_Definition (Declaration_Node (Base_Type (Typ)));
5576 Clist : Node_Id;
5577 Vpart : Node_Id;
5578
5579 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5580 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5581 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
5582 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
5583
5584 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5585 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5586 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
5587 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
5588
5589 -----------------------------------
5590 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5591 -----------------------------------
5592
5593 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5594 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean
5595 is
5596 begin
5597 if Nkind (Comp) /= N_Component_Declaration then
5598 return False;
5599 end if;
5600
5601 declare
5602 Sindic : constant Node_Id :=
5603 Subtype_Indication (Component_Definition (Comp));
5604
5605 begin
5606 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
5607 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
5608
5609 if Nkind (Sindic) = N_Identifier then
5610 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (Sindic)));
5611 end if;
5612
5613 return False;
5614 end;
5615 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5616
5617 ---------------------------------
5618 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5619 ---------------------------------
5620
5621 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5622 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean
5623 is
5624 Clist : constant Node_Id := Component_List (Variant);
5625
5626 begin
5627 if Is_Empty_List (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5628 return False;
5629 end if;
5630
5631 -- We only need to test one component
5632
5633 declare
5634 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5635
5636 begin
5637 while Present (Comp) loop
5638 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5639 return True;
5640 end if;
5641
5642 Next (Comp);
5643 end loop;
5644 end;
5645
5646 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5647 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5648
5649 return False;
5650 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5651
5652 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5653
5654 begin
5655 if Null_Present (Tdef) then
5656 return False;
5657 end if;
5658
5659 Clist := Component_List (Tdef);
5660 Vpart := Variant_Part (Clist);
5661
5662 -- Inspect available components
5663
5664 if Present (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5665 declare
5666 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5667
5668 begin
5669 while Present (Comp) loop
5670
5671 -- One component is sufficient
5672
5673 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5674 return True;
5675 end if;
5676
5677 Next (Comp);
5678 end loop;
5679 end;
5680 end if;
5681
5682 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5683
5684 if Present (Vpart) then
5685 declare
5686 Variant : Node_Id := First (Variants (Vpart));
5687
5688 begin
5689 while Present (Variant) loop
5690
5691 -- One component within a variant is sufficient
5692
5693 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Variant) then
5694 return True;
5695 end if;
5696
5697 Next (Variant);
5698 end loop;
5699 end;
5700 end if;
5701
5702 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5703 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5704
5705 return False;
5706 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component;
5707
5708 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5709
5710 begin
5711 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5712
5713 if Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Type then
5714 Typl := Underlying_Type (Typl);
5715 elsif Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Subtype then
5716 Typl := Underlying_Type (Base_Type (Typl));
5717 else
5718 null;
5719 end if;
5720
5721 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5722 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5723 -- expander code.
5724
5725 if No (Typl) then
5726 return;
5727 end if;
5728
5729 Typl := Base_Type (Typl);
5730
5731 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5732
5733 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typl) then
5734 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5735 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5736 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5737 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5738
5739 -- Array types
5740
5741 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typl) then
5742
5743 -- If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
5744 -- array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
5745 -- make sure that we check the array elements.
5746
5747 if Validity_Check_Operands
5748 and then not Is_Known_Valid (Component_Type (Typl))
5749 then
5750 declare
5751 Save_Force_Validity_Checks : constant Boolean :=
5752 Force_Validity_Checks;
5753 begin
5754 Force_Validity_Checks := True;
5755 Rewrite (N,
5756 Expand_Array_Equality
5757 (N,
5758 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5759 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5760 Bodies,
5761 Typl));
5762 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies);
5763 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
5764 Force_Validity_Checks := Save_Force_Validity_Checks;
5765 end;
5766
5767 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5768
5769 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typl)
5770 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5771 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5772 then
5773 Expand_Packed_Eq (N);
5774
5775 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5776 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5777 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5778 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5779 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5780
5781 elsif Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5782 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5783 and then not Is_Atomic (Component_Type (Typl))
5784 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5785 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5786 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5787 then
5788 null;
5789
5790 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
5791 -- make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
5792 -- correctly handling the floating-point case.
5793
5794 else
5795 Rewrite (N,
5796 Expand_Array_Equality
5797 (N,
5798 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5799 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5800 Bodies,
5801 Typl));
5802 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5803 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5804 end if;
5805
5806 -- Record Types
5807
5808 elsif Is_Record_Type (Typl) then
5809
5810 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5811
5812 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typl) then
5813
5814 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5815 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5816 -- already notified such violation.
5817
5818 if Restriction_Active (No_Dispatching_Calls) then
5819 return;
5820 end if;
5821
5822 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
5823 -- a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
5824 -- primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
5825 -- longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
5826
5827 if Is_Private_Type (A_Typ)
5828 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (A_Typ)
5829 and then Is_Derived_Type (A_Typ)
5830 and then No (Full_View (A_Typ))
5831 then
5832 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
5833 -- have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
5834 -- or something is very wrong!
5835
5836 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (A_Typ));
5837
5838 while Present (Prim) loop
5839 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5840 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5841 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5842 and then
5843 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5844
5845 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5846 end loop;
5847
5848 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5849 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5850
5851 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5852 -- user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5853 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5854 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
5855 -- so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
5856 -- equality with two different parameter types).
5857
5858 else
5859 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Typl) then
5860 Typl := Root_Type (Typl);
5861 end if;
5862
5863 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Typl));
5864 while Present (Prim) loop
5865 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5866 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5867 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5868 and then
5869 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5870
5871 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5872 end loop;
5873
5874 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5875 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5876 end if;
5877
5878 Build_Equality_Call (Op_Name);
5879
5880 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5881 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5882 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5883
5884 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typl) then
5885 Insert_Action (N,
5886 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5887 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5888
5889 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5890 -- equality as a standard False.
5891
5892 Rewrite (N,
5893 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5894
5895 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Typl) then
5896
5897 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5898 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5899
5900 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lhs)
5901 and then
5902 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Rhs)
5903 then
5904 Build_Equality_Call
5905 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5906
5907 else
5908 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5909 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
5910 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
5911
5912 Insert_Action (N,
5913 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5914 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5915
5916 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
5917 -- the equality as a standard False.
5918
5919 Rewrite (N,
5920 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5921
5922 end if;
5923
5924 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
5925
5926 elsif Present (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality)) then
5927 Build_Equality_Call
5928 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5929
5930 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
5931 -- we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
5932 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
5933 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
5934
5935 else
5936 Remove_Side_Effects (Lhs);
5937 Remove_Side_Effects (Rhs);
5938 Rewrite (N,
5939 Expand_Record_Equality (N, Typl, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies));
5940
5941 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5942 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5943 end if;
5944 end if;
5945
5946 -- Test if result is known at compile time
5947
5948 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5949
5950 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
5951
5952 if Vax_Float (Typl) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5953 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5954 return;
5955 end if;
5956 end Expand_N_Op_Eq;
5957
5958 -----------------------
5959 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
5960 -----------------------
5961
5962 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon (N : Node_Id) is
5963 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5964 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5965 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Typ);
5966 Base : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
5967 Bastyp : constant Node_Id := Etype (Base);
5968 Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
5969 Exptyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Exp);
5970 Ovflo : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5971 Expv : Uint;
5972 Xnode : Node_Id;
5973 Temp : Node_Id;
5974 Rent : RE_Id;
5975 Ent : Entity_Id;
5976 Etyp : Entity_Id;
5977
5978 begin
5979 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5980
5981 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
5982 -- intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
5983 -- types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
5984 -- private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
5985 -- shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
5986 -- different from the base type.
5987
5988 if Is_Private_Type (Etype (Base))
5989 or else
5990 Is_Private_Type (Typ)
5991 or else
5992 Is_Private_Type (Exptyp)
5993 or else
5994 Rtyp /= Root_Type (Bastyp)
5995 then
5996 declare
5997 Bt : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Bastyp));
5998 Et : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Exptyp));
5999
6000 begin
6001 Rewrite (N,
6002 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6003 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
6004 Left_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Bt, Base),
6005 Right_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Et, Exp))));
6006 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6007 return;
6008 end;
6009 end if;
6010
6011 -- Test for case of known right argument
6012
6013 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Exp) then
6014 Expv := Expr_Value (Exp);
6015
6016 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
6017 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
6018 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
6019 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
6020 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
6021
6022 if Expv >= 0 and then Expv <= 4 then
6023
6024 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
6025
6026 if Expv = 0 then
6027
6028 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects
6029 -- in the ignored left operand (in particular function calls
6030 -- to user defined functions) are properly executed.
6031
6032 Remove_Side_Effects (Base);
6033
6034 if Ekind (Typ) in Integer_Kind then
6035 Xnode := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Intval => 1);
6036 else
6037 Xnode := Make_Real_Literal (Loc, Ureal_1);
6038 end if;
6039
6040 -- X ** 1 = X
6041
6042 elsif Expv = 1 then
6043 Xnode := Base;
6044
6045 -- X ** 2 = X * X
6046
6047 elsif Expv = 2 then
6048 Xnode :=
6049 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6050 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
6051 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
6052
6053 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
6054
6055 elsif Expv = 3 then
6056 Xnode :=
6057 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6058 Left_Opnd =>
6059 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6060 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
6061 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)),
6062 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
6063
6064 -- X ** 4 ->
6065 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
6066 -- ...
6067 -- En * En
6068
6069 else -- Expv = 4
6070 Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'E', Base);
6071
6072 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
6073 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
6074 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
6075 Constant_Present => True,
6076 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc),
6077 Expression =>
6078 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6079 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
6080 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)))));
6081
6082 Xnode :=
6083 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6084 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
6085 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
6086 end if;
6087
6088 Rewrite (N, Xnode);
6089 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6090 return;
6091 end if;
6092 end if;
6093
6094 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
6095 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
6096 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
6097 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
6098 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
6099
6100 -- Another case is 2 ** N in any other context. We simply convert
6101 -- this to 1 * 2 ** N, and then the above transformation applies.
6102
6103 -- Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
6104 -- a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
6105 -- result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
6106
6107 if Nkind (Base) = N_Integer_Literal
6108 and then Intval (Base) = 2
6109 and then Is_Integer_Type (Root_Type (Exptyp))
6110 and then Esize (Root_Type (Exptyp)) <= Esize (Standard_Integer)
6111 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Exptyp)
6112 and then not Ovflo
6113 then
6114 -- First the multiply and divide cases
6115
6116 if Nkind_In (Parent (N), N_Op_Divide, N_Op_Multiply) then
6117 declare
6118 P : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
6119 L : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (P);
6120 R : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (P);
6121
6122 begin
6123 if (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Multiply
6124 and then not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ)
6125 and then
6126 ((Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L)) and then R = N)
6127 or else
6128 (Is_Integer_Type (Etype (R)) and then L = N))
6129 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
6130 or else
6131 (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Divide
6132 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L))
6133 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (L))
6134 and then R = N
6135 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
6136 then
6137 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (N);
6138 return;
6139 end if;
6140 end;
6141
6142 -- Now the other cases
6143
6144 elsif not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ) then
6145 Rewrite (N,
6146 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6147 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1),
6148 Right_Opnd => Relocate_Node (N)));
6149 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6150 return;
6151 end if;
6152 end if;
6153
6154 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
6155
6156 -- First deal with modular case
6157
6158 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6159
6160 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
6161 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
6162 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
6163 -- to the base type.
6164
6165 if Non_Binary_Modulus (Rtyp) then
6166 Rewrite (N,
6167 Convert_To (Typ,
6168 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6169 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Exp_Modular), Loc),
6170 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6171 Convert_To (Standard_Integer, Base),
6172 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp)),
6173 Exp))));
6174
6175 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
6176 -- unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
6177 -- with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
6178
6179 else
6180 if UI_To_Int (Esize (Rtyp)) <= Standard_Integer_Size then
6181 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Unsigned);
6182 else
6183 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned);
6184 end if;
6185
6186 Rewrite (N,
6187 Convert_To (Typ,
6188 Make_Op_And (Loc,
6189 Left_Opnd =>
6190 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6191 Name => New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc),
6192 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6193 Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Ent)), Base),
6194 Exp)),
6195 Right_Opnd =>
6196 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp) - 1))));
6197
6198 end if;
6199
6200 -- Common exit point for modular type case
6201
6202 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6203 return;
6204
6205 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
6206 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
6207 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
6208 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
6209
6210 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
6211 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
6212 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
6213
6214 elsif Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
6215 or else (Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Integer)
6216 and then
6217 Esize (Standard_Long_Integer) > Esize (Standard_Integer))
6218 or else (Rtyp = Universal_Integer)
6219 then
6220 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
6221
6222 if Ovflo then
6223 Rent := RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer;
6224 else
6225 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer;
6226 end if;
6227
6228 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6229 Etyp := Standard_Integer;
6230
6231 if Ovflo then
6232 Rent := RE_Exp_Integer;
6233 else
6234 Rent := RE_Exn_Integer;
6235 end if;
6236
6237 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
6238 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
6239 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
6240 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
6241 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
6242
6243 else
6244 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Rtyp));
6245 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Float;
6246 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float;
6247 end if;
6248
6249 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
6250 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
6251
6252 if Typ = Etyp
6253 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Integer
6254 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Real
6255 then
6256 Rewrite (N,
6257 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6258 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6259 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Base, Exp)));
6260
6261 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
6262 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
6263 -- typed using one of the standard types).
6264
6265 else
6266 Rewrite (N,
6267 Convert_To (Typ,
6268 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6269 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6270 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6271 Convert_To (Etyp, Base),
6272 Exp))));
6273 end if;
6274
6275 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6276 return;
6277
6278 exception
6279 when RE_Not_Available =>
6280 return;
6281 end Expand_N_Op_Expon;
6282
6283 --------------------
6284 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
6285 --------------------
6286
6287 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge (N : Node_Id) is
6288 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6289 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6290 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6291 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6292
6293 begin
6294 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6295
6296 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6297 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6298 return;
6299 end if;
6300
6301 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6302 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6303 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6304 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6305 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6306 end if;
6307
6308 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6309
6310 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6311
6312 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6313 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6314 return;
6315 end if;
6316 end Expand_N_Op_Ge;
6317
6318 --------------------
6319 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
6320 --------------------
6321
6322 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt (N : Node_Id) is
6323 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6324 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6325 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6326 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6327
6328 begin
6329 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6330
6331 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6332 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6333 return;
6334 end if;
6335
6336 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6337 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6338 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6339 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6340 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6341 end if;
6342
6343 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6344
6345 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6346
6347 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6348 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6349 return;
6350 end if;
6351 end Expand_N_Op_Gt;
6352
6353 --------------------
6354 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
6355 --------------------
6356
6357 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le (N : Node_Id) is
6358 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6359 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6360 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6361 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6362
6363 begin
6364 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6365
6366 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6367 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6368 return;
6369 end if;
6370
6371 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6372 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6373 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6374 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6375 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6376 end if;
6377
6378 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6379
6380 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6381
6382 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6383 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6384 return;
6385 end if;
6386 end Expand_N_Op_Le;
6387
6388 --------------------
6389 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
6390 --------------------
6391
6392 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt (N : Node_Id) is
6393 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6394 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6395 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6396 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6397
6398 begin
6399 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6400
6401 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6402 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6403 return;
6404 end if;
6405
6406 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6407 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6408 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6409 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6410 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6411 end if;
6412
6413 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6414
6415 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6416
6417 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6418 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6419 return;
6420 end if;
6421 end Expand_N_Op_Lt;
6422
6423 -----------------------
6424 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
6425 -----------------------
6426
6427 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus (N : Node_Id) is
6428 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6429 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6430
6431 begin
6432 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6433
6434 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
6435 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6436 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
6437 then
6438 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
6439
6440 Rewrite (N,
6441 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
6442 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0),
6443 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6444
6445 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6446
6447 -- Vax floating-point types case
6448
6449 elsif Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
6450 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6451 end if;
6452 end Expand_N_Op_Minus;
6453
6454 ---------------------
6455 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
6456 ---------------------
6457
6458 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod (N : Node_Id) is
6459 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6460 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6461 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6462 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6463 DOC : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
6464 DDC : constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check (N);
6465
6466 LLB : Uint;
6467 Llo : Uint;
6468 Lhi : Uint;
6469 LOK : Boolean;
6470 Rlo : Uint;
6471 Rhi : Uint;
6472 ROK : Boolean;
6473
6474 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
6475
6476 begin
6477 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6478
6479 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi, Assume_Valid => True);
6480 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi, Assume_Valid => True);
6481
6482 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
6483 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
6484 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
6485 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
6486
6487 if LOK and then Llo >= 0
6488 and then
6489 ROK and then Rlo >= 0
6490 then
6491 Rewrite (N,
6492 Make_Op_Rem (Sloc (N),
6493 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6494 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6495
6496 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
6497 -- avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
6498 -- is epsilon more efficient.
6499
6500 Set_Entity (N, Standard_Entity (S_Op_Rem));
6501 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
6502 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, DOC);
6503 Set_Do_Division_Check (N, DDC);
6504 Expand_N_Op_Rem (N);
6505 Set_Analyzed (N);
6506
6507 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
6508
6509 else
6510 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6511 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
6512 end if;
6513
6514 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
6515 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
6516 -- certainly harmless.
6517
6518 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6519 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
6520 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
6521 then
6522 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6523 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6524 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6525
6526 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6527
6528 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
6529 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6530 return;
6531 end if;
6532
6533 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
6534 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
6535 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6536
6537 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6538 -- the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6539 -- completely in this case.
6540
6541 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6542 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6543 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6544
6545 LLB :=
6546 Expr_Value
6547 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
6548
6549 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
6550 and then
6551 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
6552 then
6553 Rewrite (N,
6554 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6555 Expressions => New_List (
6556 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6557 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
6558 Right_Opnd =>
6559 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6560 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
6561 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6562 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
6563 Relocate_Node (N))));
6564
6565 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6566 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6567 end if;
6568 end if;
6569 end Expand_N_Op_Mod;
6570
6571 --------------------------
6572 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
6573 --------------------------
6574
6575 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply (N : Node_Id) is
6576 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6577 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6578 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6579
6580 Lp2 : constant Boolean :=
6581 Nkind (Lop) = N_Op_Expon
6582 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Lop);
6583
6584 Rp2 : constant Boolean :=
6585 Nkind (Rop) = N_Op_Expon
6586 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Rop);
6587
6588 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
6589 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
6590 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6591
6592 begin
6593 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6594
6595 -- Special optimizations for integer types
6596
6597 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6598
6599 -- N * 0 = 0 for integer types
6600
6601 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6602 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_0
6603 then
6604 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6605 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6606 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6607
6608 Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
6609
6610 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6611 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6612 return;
6613 end if;
6614
6615 -- Similar handling for 0 * N = 0
6616
6617 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6618 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_0
6619 then
6620 Remove_Side_Effects (Rop);
6621 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6622 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6623 return;
6624 end if;
6625
6626 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
6627
6628 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
6629 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
6630
6631 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6632 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_1
6633 and then not Lp2
6634 then
6635 Rewrite (N, Lop);
6636 return;
6637
6638 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6639 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_1
6640 and then not Rp2
6641 then
6642 Rewrite (N, Rop);
6643 return;
6644 end if;
6645 end if;
6646
6647 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
6648 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
6649 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
6650
6651 if Rp2 then
6652 if Lp2 then
6653
6654 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
6655
6656 Rewrite (N,
6657 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
6658 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2),
6659 Right_Opnd =>
6660 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
6661 Left_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Lop),
6662 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6663 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6664 return;
6665
6666 else
6667 Rewrite (N,
6668 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6669 Left_Opnd => Lop,
6670 Right_Opnd =>
6671 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6672 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6673 return;
6674 end if;
6675
6676 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6677
6678 elsif Lp2 then
6679 Rewrite (N,
6680 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6681 Left_Opnd => Rop,
6682 Right_Opnd =>
6683 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Lop))));
6684 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6685 return;
6686 end if;
6687
6688 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6689
6690 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
6691 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
6692 Typ := Etype (N);
6693 end if;
6694
6695 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6696
6697 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
6698
6699 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
6700 -- a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
6701 -- operations and will be treated that way.
6702
6703 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
6704
6705 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6706
6707 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6708 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
6709
6710 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6711
6712 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp) then
6713 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6714
6715 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6716
6717 else
6718 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6719 end if;
6720 end if;
6721
6722 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
6723 -- exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6724
6725 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
6726 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
6727 then
6728 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6729 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
6730 else
6731 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
6732 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
6733 end if;
6734
6735 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
6736 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
6737
6738 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6739 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
6740 then
6741 Rewrite (Rop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Rop)));
6742
6743 Analyze_And_Resolve (Rop, Universal_Real);
6744
6745 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6746 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
6747 then
6748 Rewrite (Lop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lop)));
6749
6750 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lop, Universal_Real);
6751
6752 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6753
6754 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6755 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6756
6757 -- Deal with VAX float case
6758
6759 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6760 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6761 return;
6762 end if;
6763 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply;
6764
6765 --------------------
6766 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6767 --------------------
6768
6769 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne (N : Node_Id) is
6770 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Left_Opnd (N));
6771
6772 begin
6773 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6774
6775 if Is_Elementary_Type (Typ)
6776 and then Sloc (Entity (N)) = Standard_Location
6777 then
6778 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6779
6780 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6781
6782 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6783 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6784 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6785 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6786 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6787 end if;
6788
6789 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6790
6791 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6792
6793 if Vax_Float (Typ) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6794 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6795 return;
6796 end if;
6797
6798 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6799 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6800 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6801 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6802 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6803 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6804
6805 else
6806 declare
6807 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6808 Neg : Node_Id;
6809 Ne : constant Entity_Id := Entity (N);
6810
6811 begin
6812 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6813
6814 Neg :=
6815 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
6816 Right_Opnd =>
6817 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6818 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6819 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6820 Set_Paren_Count (Right_Opnd (Neg), 1);
6821
6822 if Scope (Ne) /= Standard_Standard then
6823 Set_Entity (Right_Opnd (Neg), Corresponding_Equality (Ne));
6824 end if;
6825
6826 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6827 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6828 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6829 -- generated.
6830
6831 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Neg, N);
6832 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (Neg), N);
6833 Rewrite (N, Neg);
6834 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6835 end;
6836 end if;
6837 end Expand_N_Op_Ne;
6838
6839 ---------------------
6840 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6841 ---------------------
6842
6843 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
6844 -- expansion required, except for VMS operations on signed integers.
6845
6846 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6847 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6848 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6849 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
6850 -- matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6851
6852 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
6853 -- standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
6854 -- tree the following function definition:
6855
6856 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6857 -- B : arr;
6858 -- begin
6859 -- for J in a'range loop
6860 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6861 -- end loop;
6862 -- return B;
6863 -- end Nnnn;
6864
6865 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6866 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6867
6868 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not (N : Node_Id) is
6869 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6870 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6871 Opnd : Node_Id;
6872 Arr : Entity_Id;
6873 A : Entity_Id;
6874 B : Entity_Id;
6875 J : Entity_Id;
6876 A_J : Node_Id;
6877 B_J : Node_Id;
6878
6879 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
6880 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
6881
6882 begin
6883 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6884
6885 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6886
6887 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6888 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6889 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6890 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6891 return;
6892 end if;
6893
6894 -- For the VMS "not" on signed integer types, use conversion to and
6895 -- from a predefined modular type.
6896
6897 if Is_VMS_Operator (Entity (N)) then
6898 declare
6899 Rtyp : Entity_Id;
6900 Utyp : Entity_Id;
6901
6902 begin
6903 -- If this is a derived type, retrieve original VMS type so that
6904 -- the proper sized type is used for intermediate values.
6905
6906 if Is_Derived_Type (Typ) then
6907 Rtyp := First_Subtype (Etype (Typ));
6908 else
6909 Rtyp := Typ;
6910 end if;
6911
6912 -- The proper unsigned type must have a size compatible with
6913 -- the operand, to prevent misalignment..
6914
6915 if RM_Size (Rtyp) <= 8 then
6916 Utyp := RTE (RE_Unsigned_8);
6917
6918 elsif RM_Size (Rtyp) <= 16 then
6919 Utyp := RTE (RE_Unsigned_16);
6920
6921 elsif RM_Size (Rtyp) = RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
6922 Utyp := RTE (RE_Unsigned_32);
6923
6924 else
6925 Utyp := RTE (RE_Long_Long_Unsigned);
6926 end if;
6927
6928 Rewrite (N,
6929 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6930 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
6931 Unchecked_Convert_To (Utyp, Right_Opnd (N)))));
6932 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6933 return;
6934 end;
6935 end if;
6936
6937 -- Only array types need any other processing
6938
6939 if not Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
6940 return;
6941 end if;
6942
6943 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
6944 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
6945
6946 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
6947 and then Component_Size (Typ) = 1
6948 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
6949 then
6950 Expand_Packed_Not (N);
6951 return;
6952 end if;
6953
6954 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
6955 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
6956 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
6957 -- done by enclosing operation.
6958
6959 Opnd := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
6960 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (Opnd);
6961 Arr := Etype (Opnd);
6962 Ensure_Defined (Arr, N);
6963 Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test (N, Arr);
6964
6965 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
6966 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), N, Empty) then
6967 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6968 return;
6969
6970 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
6971
6972 elsif Nkind_In (Opnd, N_Op_And, N_Op_Or, N_Op_Xor)
6973 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
6974 (Name (Parent (N)), Left_Opnd (Opnd), Right_Opnd (Opnd))
6975 then
6976 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6977 return;
6978 end if;
6979
6980 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
6981 and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
6982 then
6983 declare
6984 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (Parent (N));
6985 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (Parent (N));
6986 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (Parent (N)));
6987
6988 begin
6989 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Lhs, Op1, Op2) then
6990 if N = Op1
6991 and then Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not
6992 then
6993 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
6994
6995 return;
6996
6997 elsif N = Op2
6998 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Xor
6999 then
7000 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
7001
7002 return;
7003 end if;
7004 end if;
7005 end;
7006 end if;
7007
7008 A := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
7009 B := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
7010 J := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
7011
7012 A_J :=
7013 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
7014 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
7015 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
7016
7017 B_J :=
7018 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
7019 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
7020 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
7021
7022 Loop_Statement :=
7023 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
7024 Identifier => Empty,
7025
7026 Iteration_Scheme =>
7027 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
7028 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
7029 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
7030 Defining_Identifier => J,
7031 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
7032 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7033 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
7034 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
7035
7036 Statements => New_List (
7037 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7038 Name => B_J,
7039 Expression => Make_Op_Not (Loc, A_J))));
7040
7041 Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'N');
7042 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
7043
7044 Insert_Action (N,
7045 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
7046 Specification =>
7047 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
7048 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
7049 Parameter_Specifications => New_List (
7050 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
7051 Defining_Identifier => A,
7052 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
7053 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
7054
7055 Declarations => New_List (
7056 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7057 Defining_Identifier => B,
7058 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc))),
7059
7060 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
7061 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
7062 Statements => New_List (
7063 Loop_Statement,
7064 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
7065 Expression =>
7066 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)))))));
7067
7068 Rewrite (N,
7069 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
7070 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
7071 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Opnd)));
7072
7073 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7074 end Expand_N_Op_Not;
7075
7076 --------------------
7077 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
7078 --------------------
7079
7080 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or (N : Node_Id) is
7081 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7082
7083 begin
7084 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7085
7086 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
7087 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
7088
7089 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
7090
7091 -- Replace OR by OR ELSE if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the
7092 -- type is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-
7093 -- standard Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
7094
7095 if Short_Circuit_And_Or and then Typ = Standard_Boolean then
7096 Rewrite (N,
7097 Make_Or_Else (Sloc (N),
7098 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N)),
7099 Right_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N))));
7100 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7101
7102 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
7103
7104 else
7105 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
7106 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7107 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7108 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7109 end if;
7110 end if;
7111 end Expand_N_Op_Or;
7112
7113 ----------------------
7114 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
7115 ----------------------
7116
7117 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus (N : Node_Id) is
7118 begin
7119 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7120 end Expand_N_Op_Plus;
7121
7122 ---------------------
7123 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
7124 ---------------------
7125
7126 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem (N : Node_Id) is
7127 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7128 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7129
7130 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
7131 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
7132
7133 Lo : Uint;
7134 Hi : Uint;
7135 OK : Boolean;
7136
7137 Lneg : Boolean;
7138 Rneg : Boolean;
7139 -- Set if corresponding operand can be negative
7140
7141 pragma Unreferenced (Hi);
7142
7143 begin
7144 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7145
7146 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7147 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
7148 end if;
7149
7150 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
7151 -- but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
7152 -- harmless.
7153
7154 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
7155 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
7156 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
7157 then
7158 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in the
7159 -- ignored left operand (in particular function calls to user defined
7160 -- functions) are properly executed.
7161
7162 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
7163
7164 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
7165 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7166 return;
7167 end if;
7168
7169 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
7170 -- one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
7171 -- a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
7172
7173 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
7174 -- the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
7175 -- completely in this case.
7176
7177 Determine_Range (Right, OK, Lo, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
7178 Lneg := (not OK) or else Lo < 0;
7179
7180 Determine_Range (Left, OK, Lo, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
7181 Rneg := (not OK) or else Lo < 0;
7182
7183 -- We won't mess with trying to find out if the left operand can really
7184 -- be the largest negative number (that's a pain in the case of private
7185 -- types and this is really marginal). We will just assume that we need
7186 -- the test if the left operand can be negative at all.
7187
7188 if Lneg and Rneg then
7189 Rewrite (N,
7190 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
7191 Expressions => New_List (
7192 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
7193 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
7194 Right_Opnd =>
7195 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7196 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
7197
7198 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7199 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
7200
7201 Relocate_Node (N))));
7202
7203 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
7204 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7205 end if;
7206 end Expand_N_Op_Rem;
7207
7208 -----------------------------
7209 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
7210 -----------------------------
7211
7212 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left (N : Node_Id) is
7213 begin
7214 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7215 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left;
7216
7217 ------------------------------
7218 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
7219 ------------------------------
7220
7221 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right (N : Node_Id) is
7222 begin
7223 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7224 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right;
7225
7226 ----------------------------
7227 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
7228 ----------------------------
7229
7230 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left (N : Node_Id) is
7231 begin
7232 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7233 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left;
7234
7235 -----------------------------
7236 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
7237 -----------------------------
7238
7239 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right (N : Node_Id) is
7240 begin
7241 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7242 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right;
7243
7244 ----------------------------------------
7245 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
7246 ----------------------------------------
7247
7248 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic (N : Node_Id) is
7249 begin
7250 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7251 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic;
7252
7253 --------------------------
7254 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
7255 --------------------------
7256
7257 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract (N : Node_Id) is
7258 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7259
7260 begin
7261 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7262
7263 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
7264
7265 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
7266 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
7267 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = 0
7268 then
7269 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
7270 return;
7271 end if;
7272
7273 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
7274
7275 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
7276 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
7277 then
7278 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
7279
7280 -- Vax floating-point types case
7281
7282 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
7283 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
7284 end if;
7285 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract;
7286
7287 ---------------------
7288 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
7289 ---------------------
7290
7291 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor (N : Node_Id) is
7292 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7293
7294 begin
7295 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7296
7297 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
7298 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
7299
7300 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
7301 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
7302 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7303 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7304 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7305 end if;
7306 end Expand_N_Op_Xor;
7307
7308 ----------------------
7309 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
7310 ----------------------
7311
7312 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else (N : Node_Id)
7313 renames Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator;
7314
7315 -----------------------------------
7316 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
7317 -----------------------------------
7318
7319 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
7320 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7321 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Subtype_Mark (N));
7322
7323 begin
7324 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7325
7326 if Validity_Checks_On
7327 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7328 then
7329 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
7330 end if;
7331
7332 -- Apply possible constraint check
7333
7334 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type, No_Sliding => True);
7335
7336 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
7337 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7338 Generate_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
7339 end if;
7340 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression;
7341
7342 ---------------------------------
7343 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
7344 ---------------------------------
7345
7346 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
7347 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
7348
7349 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component (N : Node_Id) is
7350 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7351 Par : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
7352 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7353 Ptyp : Entity_Id := Underlying_Type (Etype (P));
7354 Disc : Entity_Id;
7355 New_N : Node_Id;
7356 Dcon : Elmt_Id;
7357
7358 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7359 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
7360 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
7361 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
7362
7363 -----------------------
7364 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
7365 -----------------------
7366
7367 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7368 begin
7369 return (Nkind (Parent (Comp)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7370 and then Comp = Name (Parent (Comp)))
7371 or else (Present (Parent (Comp))
7372 and then Nkind (Parent (Comp)) in N_Subexpr
7373 and then In_Left_Hand_Side (Parent (Comp)));
7374 end In_Left_Hand_Side;
7375
7376 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
7377
7378 begin
7379 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
7380
7381 if Is_Access_Type (Ptyp) then
7382 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
7383 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (Ptyp));
7384
7385 if Ekind (Etype (P)) = E_Private_Subtype
7386 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype (Etype (P))
7387 then
7388 Set_Etype (P, Base_Type (Etype (P)));
7389 end if;
7390
7391 Ptyp := Etype (P);
7392 end if;
7393
7394 -- Deal with discriminant check required
7395
7396 if Do_Discriminant_Check (N) then
7397
7398 -- Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
7399 -- it can inline the call to the function.
7400
7401 Add_Inlined_Body
7402 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
7403 (Original_Record_Component (Entity (Selector_Name (N)))));
7404
7405 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
7406
7407 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check (N, False);
7408 Generate_Discriminant_Check (N);
7409 end if;
7410
7411 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7412 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7413
7414 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7415 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
7416 then
7417 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
7418 end if;
7419
7420 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
7421 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
7422 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
7423 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
7424 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
7425
7426 if Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
7427 and then Has_Discriminants (Etype (N))
7428 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side (N)
7429 then
7430 Force_Evaluation (Prefix (N));
7431 end if;
7432
7433 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
7434
7435 if Ekind (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) = E_Discriminant then
7436
7437 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
7438 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
7439 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
7440
7441 if Is_Record_Type (Ptyp)
7442 and then Has_Discriminants (Ptyp)
7443 and then Is_Constrained (Ptyp)
7444 then
7445 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
7446 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
7447
7448 if not Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N)) then
7449 null;
7450
7451 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
7452 -- Normally one would think that references like this would
7453 -- not occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that
7454 -- we really do want to assign the discriminant!
7455
7456 elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Assignment_Statement
7457 and then Name (Par) = N
7458 then
7459 null;
7460
7461 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
7462 -- the operand of an object renaming declaration since these are
7463 -- contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
7464
7465 elsif (Nkind (Par) = N_Attribute_Reference
7466 and then Prefix (Par) = N)
7467 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7468 then
7469 null;
7470
7471 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
7472 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
7473 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
7474
7475 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check (N) then
7476 null;
7477
7478 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
7479 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
7480 -- now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
7481
7482 else
7483 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
7484 -- constraint to see if we can copy it.
7485
7486 Disc := First_Discriminant (Ptyp);
7487 Dcon := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Ptyp));
7488 Discr_Loop : while Present (Dcon) loop
7489
7490 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
7491
7492 if Disc = Entity (Selector_Name (N)) then
7493
7494 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
7495 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
7496 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
7497 -- be optimized away.
7498
7499 if
7500 Denotes_Discriminant
7501 (Node (Dcon), Check_Concurrent => True)
7502 then
7503 exit Discr_Loop;
7504
7505 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression may
7506 -- have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
7507 -- preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
7508 -- missing cases.
7509
7510 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Case_Statement
7511 and then Etype (Node (Dcon)) /= Etype (Disc)
7512 then
7513 Rewrite (N,
7514 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
7515 Subtype_Mark =>
7516 New_Occurrence_Of (Etype (Disc), Loc),
7517 Expression =>
7518 New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon))));
7519 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Etype (Disc));
7520
7521 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
7522 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
7523
7524 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
7525 return;
7526
7527 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
7528 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
7529 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
7530 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
7531 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
7532 -- yet, and this must be done now.
7533
7534 else
7535 Rewrite (N, New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon)));
7536 Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
7537 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
7538 return;
7539 end if;
7540 end if;
7541
7542 Next_Elmt (Dcon);
7543 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7544 end loop Discr_Loop;
7545
7546 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
7547 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
7548 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous error),
7549 -- so ignore.
7550
7551 end if;
7552 end if;
7553
7554 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
7555 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
7556 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
7557 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
7558 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
7559
7560 if not Is_Concurrent_Type (Ptyp) then
7561 return;
7562 end if;
7563
7564 Disc := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
7565
7566 if Is_Derived_Type (Ptyp)
7567 and then Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc))
7568 then
7569 Disc := Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc);
7570 end if;
7571
7572 New_N :=
7573 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7574 Prefix =>
7575 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (Ptyp),
7576 New_Copy_Tree (P)),
7577 Selector_Name => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc)));
7578
7579 Rewrite (N, New_N);
7580 Analyze (N);
7581 end if;
7582 end Expand_N_Selected_Component;
7583
7584 --------------------
7585 -- Expand_N_Slice --
7586 --------------------
7587
7588 procedure Expand_N_Slice (N : Node_Id) is
7589 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7590 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7591 Pfx : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7592 Ptp : Entity_Id := Etype (Pfx);
7593
7594 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7595 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
7596 -- which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
7597 -- call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
7598 -- have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
7599 -- that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
7600 -- Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
7601 -- IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
7602 -- is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
7603 -- processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
7604 -- which will take care of the slice.
7605
7606 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7607 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
7608 -- the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
7609 -- unaligned slices are involved.
7610
7611 -------------------------
7612 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
7613 -------------------------
7614
7615 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7616 Par : Node_Id := Parent (N);
7617
7618 begin
7619 loop
7620 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
7621
7622 if Nkind (Par) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement then
7623 return True;
7624
7625 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
7626 -- since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
7627 -- climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
7628 -- since these are additional cases that do can appear on
7629 -- procedure actuals.
7630
7631 elsif Nkind_In (Par, N_Type_Conversion,
7632 N_Parameter_Association,
7633 N_Qualified_Expression)
7634 then
7635 Par := Parent (Par);
7636
7637 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
7638
7639 else
7640 return False;
7641 end if;
7642 end loop;
7643 end Is_Procedure_Actual;
7644
7645 ------------------------------
7646 -- Make_Temporary_For_Slice --
7647 ------------------------------
7648
7649 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice is
7650 Decl : Node_Id;
7651 Ent : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', N);
7652
7653 begin
7654 Decl :=
7655 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7656 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
7657 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
7658
7659 Set_No_Initialization (Decl);
7660
7661 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7662 Decl,
7663 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7664 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
7665 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))));
7666
7667 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
7668 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7669 end Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7670
7671 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7672
7673 begin
7674 -- Special handling for access types
7675
7676 if Is_Access_Type (Ptp) then
7677
7678 Ptp := Designated_Type (Ptp);
7679
7680 Rewrite (Pfx,
7681 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Sloc (N),
7682 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Pfx)));
7683
7684 Analyze_And_Resolve (Pfx, Ptp);
7685 end if;
7686
7687 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7688 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7689
7690 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7691 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Pfx)
7692 then
7693 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (Pfx);
7694 end if;
7695
7696 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7697 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7698
7699 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7700 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7701
7702 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
7703 -- case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7704
7705 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
7706 -- slice, not the value.
7707
7708 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
7709 -- be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
7710 -- itself.
7711
7712 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
7713 -- elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
7714 -- error message).
7715
7716 if not Is_Packed (Typ) then
7717
7718 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
7719 -- Expand_Actuals is not used.
7720
7721 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Function_Call
7722 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice (N)
7723 then
7724 Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7725 end if;
7726
7727 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7728 or else (Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7729 and then Parent (N) = Name (Parent (Parent (N))))
7730 then
7731 return;
7732
7733 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Indexed_Component
7734 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7735 or else Is_Procedure_Actual (N)
7736 then
7737 return;
7738
7739 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7740 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Address
7741 then
7742 return;
7743
7744 else
7745 Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7746 end if;
7747 end Expand_N_Slice;
7748
7749 ------------------------------
7750 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7751 ------------------------------
7752
7753 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
7754 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7755 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7756 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7757 Operand_Type : Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7758
7759 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation;
7760 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
7761 -- see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
7762 -- representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
7763 -- and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
7764 -- assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
7765 -- then the conversion node is unchanged.
7766
7767 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error;
7768 -- Called when we know that an accessibility check will fail. Rewrites
7769 -- node N to an appropriate raise statement and outputs warning msgs.
7770 -- The Etype of the raise node is set to Target_Type.
7771
7772 procedure Real_Range_Check;
7773 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7774
7775 -----------------------------------
7776 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7777 -----------------------------------
7778
7779 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation is
7780 Temp : Entity_Id;
7781 Decl : Node_Id;
7782 Odef : Node_Id;
7783 Disc : Node_Id;
7784 N_Ix : Node_Id;
7785 Cons : List_Id;
7786
7787 begin
7788 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
7789
7790 if Same_Representation (Operand_Type, Target_Type) then
7791 return;
7792
7793 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
7794 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
7795 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
7796 -- done to the conversion.
7797
7798 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
7799 return;
7800
7801 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
7802 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
7803 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
7804
7805 else
7806 Cons := No_List;
7807
7808 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
7809 -- from the actual value of the left hand side.
7810
7811 if not Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7812 if Has_Discriminants (Operand_Type) then
7813 Disc := First_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7814
7815 if Disc /= First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type) then
7816 Disc := First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7817 end if;
7818
7819 Cons := New_List;
7820 while Present (Disc) loop
7821 Append_To (Cons,
7822 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7823 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (Operand),
7824 Selector_Name =>
7825 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc))));
7826 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7827 end loop;
7828
7829 elsif Is_Array_Type (Operand_Type) then
7830 N_Ix := First_Index (Target_Type);
7831 Cons := New_List;
7832
7833 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Operand_Type) loop
7834
7835 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
7836 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
7837
7838 Append_To (Cons,
7839 Make_Range (Loc,
7840 Low_Bound =>
7841 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7842 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7843 Prefix =>
7844 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7845 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7846 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7847 Expressions => New_List (
7848 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)))),
7849
7850 High_Bound =>
7851 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7852 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7853 Prefix =>
7854 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7855 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7856 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7857 Expressions => New_List (
7858 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J))))));
7859
7860 Next_Index (N_Ix);
7861 end loop;
7862 end if;
7863 end if;
7864
7865 Odef := New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc);
7866
7867 if Present (Cons) then
7868 Odef :=
7869 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
7870 Subtype_Mark => Odef,
7871 Constraint =>
7872 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
7873 Constraints => Cons));
7874 end if;
7875
7876 Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C');
7877 Decl :=
7878 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7879 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
7880 Object_Definition => Odef);
7881
7882 Set_No_Initialization (Decl, True);
7883
7884 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
7885 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
7886 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
7887
7888 Insert_Actions (N,
7889 New_List (
7890 Decl,
7891 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7892 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
7893 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))),
7894 Suppress => All_Checks);
7895
7896 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc));
7897 return;
7898 end if;
7899 end Handle_Changed_Representation;
7900
7901 -------------------------------
7902 -- Raise_Accessibility_Error --
7903 -------------------------------
7904
7905 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error is
7906 begin
7907 Rewrite (N,
7908 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7909 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7910 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7911
7912 Error_Msg_N ("?accessibility check failure", N);
7913 Error_Msg_NE
7914 ("\?& will be raised at run time", N, Standard_Program_Error);
7915 end Raise_Accessibility_Error;
7916
7917 ----------------------
7918 -- Real_Range_Check --
7919 ----------------------
7920
7921 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
7922 -- are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
7923
7924 -- typ (x)
7925
7926 -- to
7927
7928 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
7929 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
7930 -- Tnn
7931
7932 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
7933 -- to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
7934 -- necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
7935 -- Do_Range_Check flag.
7936
7937 procedure Real_Range_Check is
7938 Btyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Target_Type);
7939 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type);
7940 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Target_Type);
7941 Xtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7942 Conv : Node_Id;
7943 Tnn : Entity_Id;
7944
7945 begin
7946 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
7947
7948 if Nkind (N) /= N_Type_Conversion then
7949 return;
7950 end if;
7951
7952 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
7953 -- range as the base type (or is the base type).
7954
7955 if Range_Checks_Suppressed (Target_Type)
7956 or else (Lo = Type_Low_Bound (Btyp)
7957 and then
7958 Hi = Type_High_Bound (Btyp))
7959 then
7960 return;
7961 end if;
7962
7963 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
7964 -- suppressed.
7965
7966 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7967 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Operand))
7968 then
7969 return;
7970 end if;
7971
7972 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
7973 -- expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
7974 -- operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
7975 -- not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
7976
7977 declare
7978 S_Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Xtyp);
7979 S_Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Xtyp);
7980
7981 begin
7982 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7983 or else Is_Constrained (Xtyp))
7984 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Lo)
7985 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Hi)
7986 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
7987 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
7988 then
7989 declare
7990 D_Lov : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Lo);
7991 D_Hiv : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Hi);
7992 S_Lov : Ureal;
7993 S_Hiv : Ureal;
7994
7995 begin
7996 if Is_Real_Type (Xtyp) then
7997 S_Lov := Expr_Value_R (S_Lo);
7998 S_Hiv := Expr_Value_R (S_Hi);
7999 else
8000 S_Lov := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Lo));
8001 S_Hiv := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Hi));
8002 end if;
8003
8004 if D_Hiv > D_Lov
8005 and then S_Lov >= D_Lov
8006 and then S_Hiv <= D_Hiv
8007 then
8008 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
8009 return;
8010 end if;
8011 end;
8012 end if;
8013 end;
8014
8015 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
8016
8017 if Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
8018 and then
8019 Is_Floating_Point_Type (Btyp)
8020 then
8021 return;
8022 end if;
8023
8024 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
8025
8026 Conv := Relocate_Node (N);
8027 Rewrite (Subtype_Mark (Conv), New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc));
8028 Set_Etype (Conv, Btyp);
8029
8030 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
8031 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
8032 -- this case.
8033
8034 if not Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Operand)) then
8035 Enable_Overflow_Check (Conv);
8036 end if;
8037
8038 Tnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', Conv);
8039
8040 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
8041 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8042 Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
8043 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc),
8044 Expression => Conv),
8045
8046 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
8047 Condition =>
8048 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
8049 Left_Opnd =>
8050 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
8051 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
8052 Right_Opnd =>
8053 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8054 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
8055 Prefix =>
8056 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc))),
8057
8058 Right_Opnd =>
8059 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8060 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
8061 Right_Opnd =>
8062 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8063 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
8064 Prefix =>
8065 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc)))),
8066 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed)));
8067
8068 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
8069 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Btyp);
8070 end Real_Range_Check;
8071
8072 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
8073
8074 begin
8075 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8076 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8077 -- an Assignment_OK attribute, which must be propagated to the operand.
8078
8079 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
8080 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8081 Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
8082 end if;
8083
8084 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
8085 return;
8086 end if;
8087
8088 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
8089 -- "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
8090 -- in attribute processing.
8091
8092 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8093 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Read
8094 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parent (N)))) = N
8095 then
8096 return;
8097 end if;
8098
8099 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
8100
8101 -- If the operand of the type conversion is an arithmetic operation on
8102 -- signed integers, and the based type of the signed integer type in
8103 -- question is smaller than Standard.Integer, we promote both of the
8104 -- operands to type Integer.
8105
8106 -- For example, if we have
8107
8108 -- target-type (opnd1 + opnd2)
8109
8110 -- and opnd1 and opnd2 are of type short integer, then we rewrite
8111 -- this as:
8112
8113 -- target-type (integer(opnd1) + integer(opnd2))
8114
8115 -- We do this because we are always allowed to compute in a larger type
8116 -- if we do the right thing with the result, and in this case we are
8117 -- going to do a conversion which will do an appropriate check to make
8118 -- sure that things are in range of the target type in any case. This
8119 -- avoids some unnecessary intermediate overflows.
8120
8121 -- We might consider a similar transformation in the case where the
8122 -- target is a real type or a 64-bit integer type, and the operand
8123 -- is an arithmetic operation using a 32-bit integer type. However,
8124 -- we do not bother with this case, because it could cause significant
8125 -- ineffiencies on 32-bit machines. On a 64-bit machine it would be
8126 -- much cheaper, but we don't want different behavior on 32-bit and
8127 -- 64-bit machines. Note that the exclusion of the 64-bit case also
8128 -- handles the configurable run-time cases where 64-bit arithmetic
8129 -- may simply be unavailable.
8130
8131 -- Note: this circuit is partially redundant with respect to the circuit
8132 -- in Checks.Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check, but we catch more cases in
8133 -- the processing here. Also we still need the Checks circuit, since we
8134 -- have to be sure not to generate junk overflow checks in the first
8135 -- place, since it would be trick to remove them here!
8136
8137 if Integer_Promotion_Possible (N) then
8138
8139 -- All conditions met, go ahead with transformation
8140
8141 declare
8142 Opnd : Node_Id;
8143 L, R : Node_Id;
8144
8145 begin
8146 R :=
8147 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8148 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
8149 Expression => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (Operand)));
8150
8151 Opnd := New_Op_Node (Nkind (Operand), Loc);
8152 Set_Right_Opnd (Opnd, R);
8153
8154 if Nkind (Operand) in N_Binary_Op then
8155 L :=
8156 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8157 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
8158 Expression => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (Operand)));
8159
8160 Set_Left_Opnd (Opnd, L);
8161 end if;
8162
8163 Rewrite (N,
8164 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8165 Subtype_Mark => Relocate_Node (Subtype_Mark (N)),
8166 Expression => Opnd));
8167
8168 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8169 return;
8170 end;
8171 end if;
8172
8173 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
8174
8175 if Validity_Checks_On
8176 and then Validity_Check_Operands
8177 then
8178 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
8179 end if;
8180
8181 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
8182
8183 if Is_Boolean_Type (Operand_Type)
8184 and then (Nonzero_Is_True (Operand_Type))
8185 then
8186 Adjust_Condition (Operand);
8187 Set_Etype (Operand, Standard_Boolean);
8188 Operand_Type := Standard_Boolean;
8189 end if;
8190
8191 -- Case of converting to an access type
8192
8193 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8194
8195 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
8196 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
8197 -- expanded from an Unchecked_ or Unrestricted_Access attribute.
8198 -- Note that other checks may still need to be applied below (such
8199 -- as tagged type checks).
8200
8201 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
8202 and then
8203 (Is_Formal (Entity (Operand))
8204 or else
8205 (Present (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
8206 and then Is_Entity_Name (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
8207 and then Is_Formal
8208 (Entity (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand))))))
8209 and then Ekind (Etype (Operand)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8210 and then (Nkind (Original_Node (N)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
8211 or else Attribute_Name (Original_Node (N)) = Name_Access)
8212 then
8213 Apply_Accessibility_Check
8214 (Operand, Target_Type, Insert_Node => Operand);
8215
8216 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper than the
8217 -- level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
8218 -- can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
8219 -- an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
8220 -- rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
8221 -- for the instance cases.
8222
8223 elsif In_Instance_Body
8224 and then Type_Access_Level (Operand_Type) >
8225 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8226 then
8227 Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8228
8229 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
8230 -- to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
8231 -- of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
8232 -- (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
8233 -- of an instantiation).
8234
8235 elsif In_Instance_Body
8236 and then Ekind (Operand_Type) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8237 and then Nkind (Operand) = N_Selected_Component
8238 and then Object_Access_Level (Operand) >
8239 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8240 then
8241 Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8242 return;
8243 end if;
8244 end if;
8245
8246 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
8247
8248 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
8249 -- runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
8250 -- membership test, generating:
8251
8252 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
8253
8254 -- or in the access type case
8255
8256 -- [constraint_error
8257 -- when Operand /= null
8258 -- and then Operand.all not in
8259 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
8260
8261 if (Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
8262 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Designated_Type (Target_Type)))
8263 or else Is_Tagged_Type (Target_Type)
8264 then
8265 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
8266 -- renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
8267 -- Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
8268
8269 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) and then Is_Renamed_Object (N) then
8270 return;
8271 end if;
8272
8273 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
8274
8275 Tagged_Conversion : declare
8276 Actual_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
8277 Actual_Targ_Typ : Entity_Id;
8278 Make_Conversion : Boolean := False;
8279 Root_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
8280
8281 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id);
8282 -- Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
8283 -- of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
8284 -- a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
8285
8286 --------------------
8287 -- Make_Tag_Check --
8288 --------------------
8289
8290 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id) is
8291 Cond : Node_Id;
8292
8293 begin
8294 -- Generate:
8295 -- [Constraint_Error
8296 -- when Operand /= null
8297 -- and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
8298
8299 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8300 Cond :=
8301 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8302 Left_Opnd =>
8303 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
8304 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
8305 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
8306
8307 Right_Opnd =>
8308 Make_Not_In (Loc,
8309 Left_Opnd =>
8310 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8311 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand)),
8312 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc)));
8313
8314 -- Generate:
8315 -- [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
8316
8317 else
8318 Cond :=
8319 Make_Not_In (Loc,
8320 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
8321 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc));
8322 end if;
8323
8324 Insert_Action (N,
8325 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
8326 Condition => Cond,
8327 Reason => CE_Tag_Check_Failed));
8328 end Make_Tag_Check;
8329
8330 -- Start of processing for Tagged_Conversion
8331
8332 begin
8333 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8334
8335 -- Handle entities from the limited view
8336
8337 Actual_Op_Typ :=
8338 Available_View (Designated_Type (Operand_Type));
8339 Actual_Targ_Typ :=
8340 Available_View (Designated_Type (Target_Type));
8341 else
8342 Actual_Op_Typ := Operand_Type;
8343 Actual_Targ_Typ := Target_Type;
8344 end if;
8345
8346 Root_Op_Typ := Root_Type (Actual_Op_Typ);
8347
8348 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
8349
8350 if Is_Interface (Actual_Op_Typ) then
8351 Expand_Interface_Conversion (N, Is_Static => False);
8352 return;
8353 end if;
8354
8355 if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed (Actual_Targ_Typ) then
8356
8357 -- Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
8358 -- conversion.
8359
8360 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Op_Typ)
8361 and then Actual_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
8362 and then Root_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
8363 and then Is_Ancestor (Root_Op_Typ, Actual_Targ_Typ)
8364 then
8365 Make_Tag_Check (Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Targ_Typ));
8366 Make_Conversion := True;
8367 end if;
8368
8369 -- AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
8370 -- by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
8371 -- T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
8372 -- of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
8373 -- Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
8374
8375 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = Sinfo.N_Return_Statement then
8376 declare
8377 Func : Entity_Id;
8378 Func_Typ : Entity_Id;
8379
8380 begin
8381 -- Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
8382
8383 Func := Current_Scope;
8384 while Present (Func)
8385 and then Ekind (Func) /= E_Function
8386 loop
8387 Func := Scope (Func);
8388 end loop;
8389
8390 -- The function's return subtype must be defined using
8391 -- an access definition.
8392
8393 if Nkind (Result_Definition (Parent (Func))) =
8394 N_Access_Definition
8395 then
8396 Func_Typ := Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (Func));
8397
8398 -- The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
8399 -- in other words, a non class-wide type.
8400
8401 if Is_Tagged_Type (Func_Typ)
8402 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Func_Typ)
8403 then
8404 Make_Tag_Check (Actual_Targ_Typ);
8405 Make_Conversion := True;
8406 end if;
8407 end if;
8408 end;
8409 end if;
8410
8411 -- We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
8412 -- conversion or for AI05-0073.
8413
8414 if Make_Conversion then
8415 declare
8416 Conv : Node_Id;
8417 begin
8418 Conv :=
8419 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8420 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
8421 Expression => Relocate_Node (Expression (N)));
8422 Rewrite (N, Conv);
8423 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8424 end;
8425 end if;
8426 end if;
8427 end Tagged_Conversion;
8428
8429 -- Case of other access type conversions
8430
8431 elsif Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8432 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8433
8434 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
8435
8436 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8437 -- the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8438 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8439 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8440
8441 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
8442 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
8443 then
8444 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
8445 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
8446 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
8447
8448 pragma Assert (Operand_Type /= Universal_Fixed);
8449
8450 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
8451 -- occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
8452 -- the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
8453 -- the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
8454
8455 if Target_Type = Universal_Real
8456 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8457 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Round
8458 then
8459 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8460 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (N)));
8461 end if;
8462
8463 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
8464 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of view
8465 -- these are simple integer conversions needing no further processing
8466 -- (the backend will simply treat them as integers).
8467
8468 if not Conversion_OK (N) then
8469 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Etype (N)) then
8470 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed (N);
8471 Real_Range_Check;
8472
8473 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
8474 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer (N);
8475
8476 else
8477 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (N)));
8478 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float (N);
8479 Real_Range_Check;
8480 end if;
8481 end if;
8482
8483 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
8484
8485 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8486 -- the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8487 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8488 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8489
8490 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type)
8491 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
8492 then
8493 if Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type) then
8494 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed (N);
8495 Real_Range_Check;
8496 else
8497 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type));
8498 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed (N);
8499 Real_Range_Check;
8500 end if;
8501
8502 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
8503
8504 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
8505 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
8506 -- were an integer in such cases.
8507
8508 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
8509 and then
8510 (Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8511 or else
8512 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type) and then Conversion_OK (N)))
8513 then
8514 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
8515 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
8516 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
8517 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
8518 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
8519 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
8520 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats.
8521
8522 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
8523 -- Can this code be removed ???
8524
8525 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
8526 Rewrite (Operand,
8527 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8528 Subtype_Mark =>
8529 New_Occurrence_Of (Universal_Real, Loc),
8530 Expression =>
8531 Relocate_Node (Operand)));
8532
8533 Set_Etype (Operand, Universal_Real);
8534 Enable_Range_Check (Operand);
8535 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expression (Operand), False);
8536 end if;
8537
8538 -- Case of array conversions
8539
8540 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
8541 -- only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
8542 -- this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
8543
8544 elsif Is_Array_Type (Target_Type) then
8545
8546 if Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
8547 Apply_Length_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8548 else
8549 Apply_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8550 end if;
8551
8552 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8553
8554 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
8555
8556 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
8557 -- change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
8558
8559 elsif Has_Discriminants (Target_Type)
8560 and then Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
8561 then
8562 Apply_Discriminant_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8563 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8564
8565 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
8566 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
8567 -- assignment processing.
8568
8569 elsif Is_Record_Type (Target_Type) then
8570
8571 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
8572 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
8573 -- not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
8574
8575 if Is_Derived_Type (Operand_Type)
8576 and then Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Operand_Type))
8577 and then not Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
8578 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Target_Type))
8579 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Operand)
8580 then
8581 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
8582 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
8583 -- conversion.
8584
8585 declare
8586 PE : constant Node_Id := Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
8587 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
8588
8589 begin
8590 Set_Etype (PE, Target_Type);
8591 Rewrite (N, PE);
8592
8593 end;
8594 else
8595 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8596 end if;
8597
8598 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
8599
8600 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Target_Type) then
8601
8602 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
8603 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses).
8604
8605 if not Same_Representation (Target_Type, Operand_Type) then
8606
8607 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
8608
8609 Rewrite (N,
8610 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8611 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
8612 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
8613 Expressions => New_List (
8614 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8615 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Operand_Type, Loc),
8616 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
8617 Expressions => New_List (Operand)))));
8618
8619 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8620 end if;
8621
8622 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
8623
8624 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Target_Type) then
8625 Real_Range_Check;
8626 end if;
8627
8628 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
8629 -- some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can be
8630 -- handled by Gigi, in the following cases:
8631
8632 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
8633
8634 -- Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
8635 -- values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
8636 -- set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
8637
8638 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
8639
8640 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
8641
8642 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
8643 -- a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
8644 -- do this only for conversions of discrete types.
8645
8646 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8647 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N))
8648 then
8649 declare
8650 Expr : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8651 Ftyp : Entity_Id;
8652 Ityp : Entity_Id;
8653
8654 begin
8655 if Do_Range_Check (Expr)
8656 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (Expr))
8657 then
8658 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expr, False);
8659
8660 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
8661 -- fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
8662 -- simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
8663 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
8664
8665 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
8666 -- with discrete types so far ???
8667
8668 if Nkind (Expr) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
8669 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (Expr)
8670 then
8671 Ftyp := Base_Type (Etype (Expr));
8672
8673 if Esize (Ftyp) >= Esize (Standard_Integer) then
8674 Ityp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
8675 else
8676 Ityp := Standard_Integer;
8677 end if;
8678
8679 Rewrite (Expr, Unchecked_Convert_To (Ityp, Expr));
8680 end if;
8681
8682 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
8683 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check. If
8684 -- Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
8685 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
8686 -- integer type.
8687
8688 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, False);
8689 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (Expr))
8690 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type)
8691 then
8692 Generate_Range_Check
8693 (Expr, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
8694 end if;
8695 end if;
8696 end;
8697 end if;
8698
8699 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
8700 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
8701
8702 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8703 and then (Vax_Float (Operand_Type) or else Vax_Float (Target_Type))
8704 then
8705 Expand_Vax_Conversion (N);
8706 return;
8707 end if;
8708 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion;
8709
8710 -----------------------------------
8711 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
8712 -----------------------------------
8713
8714 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. Its job was simply
8715 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
8716 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
8717 -- indeed must, since Gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
8718
8719 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
8720 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8721 begin
8722 Set_Assignment_OK (Exp, Assignment_OK (N) or else Assignment_OK (Exp));
8723 Rewrite (N, Exp);
8724 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression;
8725
8726 ----------------------------------------
8727 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
8728 ----------------------------------------
8729
8730 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
8731 -- temporary for it, do it now.
8732
8733 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
8734 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8735 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8736 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
8737
8738 begin
8739 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8740 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8741 -- an Assignment_OK indication which must be propagated to the operand.
8742
8743 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
8744
8745 -- Code duplicates Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression above, factor???
8746
8747 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8748 Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
8749 end if;
8750
8751 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
8752 return;
8753 end if;
8754
8755 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
8756 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
8757 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
8758 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
8759 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
8760
8761 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
8762 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
8763 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
8764
8765 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
8766 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
8767 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
8768
8769 if Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8770 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Target_Type)
8771 and then Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
8772 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Operand_Type)
8773 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Operand)
8774 and then not Kill_Range_Check (N)
8775 then
8776 declare
8777 Val : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Operand);
8778
8779 begin
8780 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8781 and then
8782 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8783 and then
8784 Val >= Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8785 and then
8786 Val <= Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8787 then
8788 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (N), Val));
8789
8790 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
8791 -- spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
8792 -- integer type.
8793
8794 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type) then
8795 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
8796 else
8797 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8798 end if;
8799
8800 return;
8801 end if;
8802 end;
8803 end if;
8804
8805 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
8806
8807 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N) then
8808 return;
8809 end if;
8810
8811 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
8812 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
8813
8814 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8815 null;
8816 else
8817 Force_Evaluation (N);
8818 end if;
8819 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion;
8820
8821 ----------------------------
8822 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
8823 ----------------------------
8824
8825 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
8826
8827 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8828 -- and then ...
8829 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
8830 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
8831 -- and then ...
8832 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8833
8834 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
8835 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
8836 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
8837 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
8838
8839 function Expand_Record_Equality
8840 (Nod : Node_Id;
8841 Typ : Entity_Id;
8842 Lhs : Node_Id;
8843 Rhs : Node_Id;
8844 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
8845 is
8846 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8847
8848 Result : Node_Id;
8849 C : Entity_Id;
8850
8851 First_Time : Boolean := True;
8852
8853 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
8854 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
8855 -- inherited components.
8856
8857 ----------------------
8858 -- Suitable_Element --
8859 ----------------------
8860
8861 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id is
8862 begin
8863 if No (C) then
8864 return Empty;
8865
8866 elsif Ekind (C) /= E_Discriminant
8867 and then Ekind (C) /= E_Component
8868 then
8869 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8870
8871 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
8872 and then C /= Original_Record_Component (C)
8873 then
8874 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8875
8876 elsif Chars (C) = Name_uController
8877 or else Chars (C) = Name_uTag
8878 then
8879 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8880
8881 elsif Is_Interface (Etype (C)) then
8882 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8883
8884 else
8885 return C;
8886 end if;
8887 end Suitable_Element;
8888
8889 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
8890
8891 begin
8892 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
8893 -- component C2 is also a record)
8894
8895 -- True
8896 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8897 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
8898 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
8899 -- and then ...
8900 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8901
8902 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
8903 C := Suitable_Element (First_Entity (Typ));
8904 while Present (C) loop
8905 declare
8906 New_Lhs : Node_Id;
8907 New_Rhs : Node_Id;
8908 Check : Node_Id;
8909
8910 begin
8911 if First_Time then
8912 First_Time := False;
8913 New_Lhs := Lhs;
8914 New_Rhs := Rhs;
8915 else
8916 New_Lhs := New_Copy_Tree (Lhs);
8917 New_Rhs := New_Copy_Tree (Rhs);
8918 end if;
8919
8920 Check :=
8921 Expand_Composite_Equality (Nod, Etype (C),
8922 Lhs =>
8923 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8924 Prefix => New_Lhs,
8925 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8926 Rhs =>
8927 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8928 Prefix => New_Rhs,
8929 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8930 Bodies => Bodies);
8931
8932 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
8933 -- operation will raise program error.
8934
8935 if Nkind (Check) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
8936 Result := Check;
8937 Set_Etype (Result, Standard_Boolean);
8938 exit;
8939 else
8940 Result :=
8941 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8942 Left_Opnd => Result,
8943 Right_Opnd => Check);
8944 end if;
8945 end;
8946
8947 C := Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8948 end loop;
8949
8950 return Result;
8951 end Expand_Record_Equality;
8952
8953 -----------------------------------
8954 -- Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator --
8955 -----------------------------------
8956
8957 -- Deal with special expansion if actions are present for the right operand
8958 -- and deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False. We also
8959 -- deal with the special case of non-standard boolean values.
8960
8961 procedure Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
8962 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8963 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8964 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
8965 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
8966 LocR : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Right);
8967 Actlist : List_Id;
8968
8969 Shortcut_Value : constant Boolean := Nkind (N) = N_Or_Else;
8970 Shortcut_Ent : constant Entity_Id := Boolean_Literals (Shortcut_Value);
8971 -- If Left = Shortcut_Value then Right need not be evaluated
8972
8973 function Make_Test_Expr (Opnd : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
8974 -- For Opnd a boolean expression, return a Boolean expression equivalent
8975 -- to Opnd /= Shortcut_Value.
8976
8977 --------------------
8978 -- Make_Test_Expr --
8979 --------------------
8980
8981 function Make_Test_Expr (Opnd : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
8982 begin
8983 if Shortcut_Value then
8984 return Make_Op_Not (Sloc (Opnd), Opnd);
8985 else
8986 return Opnd;
8987 end if;
8988 end Make_Test_Expr;
8989
8990 Op_Var : Entity_Id;
8991 -- Entity for a temporary variable holding the value of the operator,
8992 -- used for expansion in the case where actions are present.
8993
8994 -- Start of processing for Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
8995
8996 begin
8997 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
8998
8999 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
9000 Adjust_Condition (Left);
9001 Adjust_Condition (Right);
9002 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
9003 end if;
9004
9005 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
9006
9007 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
9008
9009 -- Mark SCO for left condition as compile time known
9010
9011 if Generate_SCO and then Comes_From_Source (Left) then
9012 Set_SCO_Condition (Left, Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True);
9013 end if;
9014
9015 -- Rewrite True AND THEN Right / False OR ELSE Right to Right.
9016 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
9017 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
9018
9019 if Expr_Value_E (Left) /= Shortcut_Ent then
9020 if Present (Actions (N)) then
9021 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
9022 end if;
9023
9024 Rewrite (N, Right);
9025
9026 -- Rewrite False AND THEN Right / True OR ELSE Right to Left.
9027 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
9028 -- since they will never be executed.
9029
9030 else
9031 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
9032 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
9033 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Shortcut_Ent, Loc));
9034 end if;
9035
9036 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
9037 return;
9038 end if;
9039
9040 -- If Actions are present for the right operand, we have to do some
9041 -- special processing. We can't just let these actions filter back into
9042 -- code preceding the short circuit (which is what would have happened
9043 -- if we had not trapped them in the short-circuit form), since they
9044 -- must only be executed if the right operand of the short circuit is
9045 -- executed and not otherwise.
9046
9047 -- the temporary variable C.
9048
9049 if Present (Actions (N)) then
9050 Actlist := Actions (N);
9051
9052 -- The old approach is to expand:
9053
9054 -- left AND THEN right
9055
9056 -- into
9057
9058 -- C : Boolean := False;
9059 -- IF left THEN
9060 -- Actions;
9061 -- IF right THEN
9062 -- C := True;
9063 -- END IF;
9064 -- END IF;
9065
9066 -- and finally rewrite the operator into a reference to C. Similarly
9067 -- for left OR ELSE right, with negated values. Note that this
9068 -- rewrite causes some difficulties for coverage analysis because
9069 -- of the introduction of the new variable C, which obscures the
9070 -- structure of the test.
9071
9072 -- We use this "old approach" if use of N_Expression_With_Actions
9073 -- is False (see description in Opt of when this is or is not set).
9074
9075 if not Use_Expression_With_Actions then
9076 Op_Var := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', Related_Node => N);
9077
9078 Insert_Action (N,
9079 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9080 Defining_Identifier =>
9081 Op_Var,
9082 Object_Definition =>
9083 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_Boolean, Loc),
9084 Expression =>
9085 New_Occurrence_Of (Shortcut_Ent, Loc)));
9086
9087 Append_To (Actlist,
9088 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Right,
9089 Condition => Make_Test_Expr (Right),
9090 Then_Statements => New_List (
9091 Make_Assignment_Statement (LocR,
9092 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Op_Var, LocR),
9093 Expression =>
9094 New_Occurrence_Of
9095 (Boolean_Literals (not Shortcut_Value), LocR)))));
9096
9097 Insert_Action (N,
9098 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Left,
9099 Condition => Make_Test_Expr (Left),
9100 Then_Statements => Actlist));
9101
9102 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Op_Var, Loc));
9103 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
9104
9105 -- The new approach, activated for now by the use of debug flag
9106 -- -gnatd.X is to use the new Expression_With_Actions node for the
9107 -- right operand of the short-circuit form. This should solve the
9108 -- traceability problems for coverage analysis.
9109
9110 else
9111 Rewrite (Right,
9112 Make_Expression_With_Actions (LocR,
9113 Expression => Relocate_Node (Right),
9114 Actions => Actlist));
9115 Set_Actions (N, No_List);
9116 Analyze_And_Resolve (Right, Standard_Boolean);
9117 end if;
9118
9119 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
9120 return;
9121 end if;
9122
9123 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
9124
9125 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
9126
9127 -- Mark SCO for left condition as compile time known
9128
9129 if Generate_SCO and then Comes_From_Source (Right) then
9130 Set_SCO_Condition (Right, Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True);
9131 end if;
9132
9133 -- Change (Left and then True), (Left or else False) to Left.
9134 -- Note that we know there are no actions associated with the right
9135 -- operand, since we just checked for this case above.
9136
9137 if Expr_Value_E (Right) /= Shortcut_Ent then
9138 Rewrite (N, Left);
9139
9140 -- Change (Left and then False), (Left or else True) to Right,
9141 -- making sure to preserve any side effects associated with the Left
9142 -- operand.
9143
9144 else
9145 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
9146 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Shortcut_Ent, Loc));
9147 end if;
9148 end if;
9149
9150 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
9151 end Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator;
9152
9153 -------------------------------------
9154 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
9155 -------------------------------------
9156
9157 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id) is
9158 Conv : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
9159
9160 begin
9161 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
9162
9163 pragma Assert (Nkind (Conv) = N_Type_Conversion);
9164
9165 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
9166 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
9167 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
9168 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
9169
9170 if Nkind (Parent (Conv)) = N_Attribute_Reference
9171 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (Conv)) = Name_Round
9172 then
9173 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (Conv)));
9174 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
9175
9176 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
9177
9178 else
9179 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Conv));
9180 end if;
9181 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation;
9182
9183 ------------------------------
9184 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
9185 ------------------------------
9186
9187 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
9188 (N : Node_Id;
9189 T : Entity_Id;
9190 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id
9191 is
9192 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9193
9194 Owner : Entity_Id := PtrT;
9195 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
9196 -- allocated object.
9197
9198 begin
9199 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
9200
9201 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
9202 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
9203 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
9204 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
9205 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
9206 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
9207 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
9208 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
9209 -- anonymous access result type. We freeze the type at once to
9210 -- ensure that it is properly decorated for the back-end, even
9211 -- if the context and current scope is a loop.
9212
9213 if Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
9214 in N_Subprogram_Specification
9215 and then
9216 PtrT /=
9217 Etype (Defining_Unit_Name (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)))
9218 then
9219 Owner := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'J');
9220 Insert_Action (N,
9221 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
9222 Defining_Identifier => Owner,
9223 Type_Definition =>
9224 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
9225 Subtype_Indication =>
9226 New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc))));
9227
9228 Freeze_Before (N, Owner);
9229 Build_Final_List (N, Owner);
9230 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT, Associated_Final_Chain (Owner));
9231
9232 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
9233 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
9234 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
9235 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
9236 -- declared.
9237
9238 elsif Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)) = N_Object_Declaration
9239 and then Ekind (Scope (PtrT)) = E_Return_Statement
9240 then
9241 Owner := Scope (Return_Applies_To (Scope (PtrT)));
9242
9243 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005) of an anonymous
9244 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
9245 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
9246 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
9247 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
9248 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
9249
9250 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
9251 Owner := Scope (PtrT);
9252 end if;
9253 end if;
9254
9255 return Find_Final_List (Owner);
9256 end Get_Allocator_Final_List;
9257
9258 ---------------------------------
9259 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
9260 ---------------------------------
9261
9262 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9263
9264 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9265 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
9266 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
9267
9268 --------------------------------
9269 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
9270 --------------------------------
9271
9272 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9273 Sel_Comp : Node_Id := N;
9274
9275 begin
9276 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
9277
9278 while Present (Parent (Sel_Comp))
9279 and then Nkind (Parent (Sel_Comp)) = N_Selected_Component
9280 loop
9281 Sel_Comp := Parent (Sel_Comp);
9282 end loop;
9283
9284 return Ekind (Entity (Prefix (Sel_Comp))) in Formal_Kind;
9285 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter;
9286
9287 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
9288
9289 begin
9290 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
9291 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
9292
9293 if Nkind_In (N, N_Identifier, N_Indexed_Component) then
9294 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (N)))
9295 and then
9296 Is_Constrained (Etype (N));
9297
9298 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
9299 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
9300 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
9301 -- discriminants.
9302
9303 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
9304 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) then
9305
9306 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
9307 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
9308 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
9309
9310 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N) then
9311 return True;
9312 end if;
9313
9314 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
9315
9316 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Prefix (N))
9317 and then
9318 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
9319 end if;
9320
9321 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
9322 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
9323
9324 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
9325
9326 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
9327 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
9328
9329 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Qualified_Expression then
9330 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Subtype_Mark (N))
9331 and then
9332 Is_Constrained (Subtype_Mark (N));
9333
9334 end if;
9335
9336 return False;
9337 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants;
9338
9339 -------------------------------
9340 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
9341 -------------------------------
9342
9343 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id) is
9344 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9345 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9346 Pool : constant Entity_Id := Associated_Storage_Pool (Typ);
9347 Pnod : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
9348
9349 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
9350 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
9351
9352 -----------------------------
9353 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
9354 -----------------------------
9355
9356 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
9357 T : Entity_Id;
9358
9359 begin
9360 if No (P) then
9361 return False;
9362 end if;
9363
9364 T := Etype (P);
9365 while T /= Etype (T) loop
9366 if Is_RTE (T, RE_Checked_Pool) then
9367 return True;
9368 else
9369 T := Etype (T);
9370 end if;
9371 end loop;
9372
9373 return False;
9374 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool;
9375
9376 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
9377
9378 begin
9379 pragma Assert (Nkind (Pnod) = N_Explicit_Dereference);
9380
9381 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (Pool)
9382 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (Pnod)))
9383 then
9384 return;
9385 end if;
9386
9387 Insert_Action (N,
9388 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
9389 Name => New_Reference_To (
9390 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Dereference), Loc),
9391
9392 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9393
9394 -- Pool
9395
9396 New_Reference_To (Pool, Loc),
9397
9398 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
9399 -- the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
9400 -- handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
9401 -- of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
9402 -- allocation.
9403
9404 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9405 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N),
9406 Attribute_Name => Name_Pool_Address),
9407
9408 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
9409
9410 Make_Op_Divide (Loc,
9411 Left_Opnd =>
9412 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9413 Prefix =>
9414 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
9415 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
9416 Attribute_Name => Name_Size),
9417 Right_Opnd =>
9418 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, System_Storage_Unit)),
9419
9420 -- Alignment
9421
9422 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9423 Prefix =>
9424 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
9425 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
9426 Attribute_Name => Name_Alignment))));
9427
9428 exception
9429 when RE_Not_Available =>
9430 return;
9431 end Insert_Dereference_Action;
9432
9433 --------------------------------
9434 -- Integer_Promotion_Possible --
9435 --------------------------------
9436
9437 function Integer_Promotion_Possible (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9438 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
9439 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
9440 Root_Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Operand_Type);
9441
9442 begin
9443 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion);
9444
9445 return
9446
9447 -- We only do the transformation for source constructs. We assume
9448 -- that the expander knows what it is doing when it generates code.
9449
9450 Comes_From_Source (N)
9451
9452 -- If the operand type is Short_Integer or Short_Short_Integer,
9453 -- then we will promote to Integer, which is available on all
9454 -- targets, and is sufficient to ensure no intermediate overflow.
9455 -- Furthermore it is likely to be as efficient or more efficient
9456 -- than using the smaller type for the computation so we do this
9457 -- unconditionally.
9458
9459 and then
9460 (Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Integer)
9461 or else
9462 Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Short_Integer))
9463
9464 -- Test for interesting operation, which includes addition,
9465 -- division, exponentiation, multiplication, subtraction, absolute
9466 -- value and unary negation. Unary "+" is omitted since it is a
9467 -- no-op and thus can't overflow.
9468
9469 and then Nkind_In (Operand, N_Op_Abs,
9470 N_Op_Add,
9471 N_Op_Divide,
9472 N_Op_Expon,
9473 N_Op_Minus,
9474 N_Op_Multiply,
9475 N_Op_Subtract);
9476 end Integer_Promotion_Possible;
9477
9478 ------------------------------
9479 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
9480 ------------------------------
9481
9482 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
9483
9484 -- generic
9485 -- type elem is (<>);
9486 -- type index is (<>);
9487 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
9488
9489 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
9490 -- J : index := Y'first;
9491
9492 -- begin
9493 -- if X'length = 0 then
9494 -- return false;
9495
9496 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9497 -- return true;
9498
9499 -- else
9500 -- for I in X'range loop
9501 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9502 -- if J = Y'last then
9503 -- exit;
9504 -- else
9505 -- J := index'succ (J);
9506 -- end if;
9507
9508 -- else
9509 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9510 -- end if;
9511 -- end loop;
9512
9513 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9514 -- end if;
9515 -- end Gnnn;
9516
9517 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
9518 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
9519 -- instantiated function itself.
9520
9521 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
9522 (Typ : Entity_Id;
9523 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id
9524 is
9525 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
9526
9527 X : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uX);
9528 Y : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uY);
9529 I : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI);
9530 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
9531
9532 Index : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (First_Index (Typ)));
9533
9534 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
9535 Loop_Body : Node_Id;
9536 If_Stat : Node_Id;
9537 Inner_If : Node_Id;
9538 Final_Expr : Node_Id;
9539 Func_Body : Node_Id;
9540 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
9541 Formals : List_Id;
9542 Length1 : Node_Id;
9543 Length2 : Node_Id;
9544
9545 begin
9546 -- if J = Y'last then
9547 -- exit;
9548 -- else
9549 -- J := index'succ (J);
9550 -- end if;
9551
9552 Inner_If :=
9553 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9554 Condition =>
9555 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9556 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
9557 Right_Opnd =>
9558 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9559 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9560 Attribute_Name => Name_Last)),
9561
9562 Then_Statements => New_List (
9563 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)),
9564
9565 Else_Statements =>
9566 New_List (
9567 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
9568 Name => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
9569 Expression =>
9570 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9571 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
9572 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
9573 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc))))));
9574
9575 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9576 -- if ... end if;
9577 -- else
9578 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9579 -- end if;
9580
9581 Loop_Body :=
9582 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9583 Condition =>
9584 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9585 Left_Opnd =>
9586 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9587 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9588 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
9589
9590 Right_Opnd =>
9591 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9592 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9593 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))),
9594
9595 Then_Statements => New_List (Inner_If),
9596
9597 Else_Statements => New_List (
9598 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9599 Expression =>
9600 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
9601 Left_Opnd =>
9602 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9603 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9604 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
9605
9606 Right_Opnd =>
9607 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9608 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9609 Expressions => New_List (
9610 New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))))));
9611
9612 -- for I in X'range loop
9613 -- if ... end if;
9614 -- end loop;
9615
9616 Loop_Statement :=
9617 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
9618 Identifier => Empty,
9619
9620 Iteration_Scheme =>
9621 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
9622 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
9623 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9624 Defining_Identifier => I,
9625 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
9626 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9627 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9628 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
9629
9630 Statements => New_List (Loop_Body));
9631
9632 -- if X'length = 0 then
9633 -- return false;
9634 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9635 -- return true;
9636 -- else
9637 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
9638 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9639 -- end if;
9640
9641 Length1 :=
9642 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9643 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9644 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
9645
9646 Length2 :=
9647 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9648 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9649 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
9650
9651 Final_Expr :=
9652 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
9653 Left_Opnd => Length1,
9654 Right_Opnd => Length2);
9655
9656 If_Stat :=
9657 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9658 Condition =>
9659 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9660 Left_Opnd =>
9661 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9662 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9663 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
9664 Right_Opnd =>
9665 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
9666
9667 Then_Statements =>
9668 New_List (
9669 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9670 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc))),
9671
9672 Elsif_Parts => New_List (
9673 Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
9674 Condition =>
9675 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9676 Left_Opnd =>
9677 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9678 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9679 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
9680 Right_Opnd =>
9681 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
9682
9683 Then_Statements =>
9684 New_List (
9685 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9686 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc))))),
9687
9688 Else_Statements => New_List (
9689 Loop_Statement,
9690 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9691 Expression => Final_Expr)));
9692
9693 -- (X : a; Y: a)
9694
9695 Formals := New_List (
9696 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9697 Defining_Identifier => X,
9698 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9699
9700 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9701 Defining_Identifier => Y,
9702 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
9703
9704 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
9705 -- J : index := Y'first;
9706 -- begin
9707 -- if ... end if;
9708 -- end Gnnn;
9709
9710 Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'G');
9711
9712 Func_Body :=
9713 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
9714 Specification =>
9715 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
9716 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
9717 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
9718 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
9719
9720 Declarations => New_List (
9721 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9722 Defining_Identifier => J,
9723 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
9724 Expression =>
9725 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9726 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9727 Attribute_Name => Name_First))),
9728
9729 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
9730 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
9731 Statements => New_List (If_Stat)));
9732
9733 return Func_Body;
9734 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op;
9735
9736 ---------------------------
9737 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
9738 ---------------------------
9739
9740 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
9741 -- replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
9742
9743 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
9744 -- C : typ;
9745 -- begin
9746 -- for J in A'range loop
9747 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
9748 -- end loop;
9749 -- return C;
9750 -- end Annn;
9751
9752 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
9753
9754 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
9755 (Typ : Entity_Id;
9756 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id
9757 is
9758 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9759
9760 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
9761 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
9762 C : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uC);
9763 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
9764
9765 A_J : Node_Id;
9766 B_J : Node_Id;
9767 C_J : Node_Id;
9768 Op : Node_Id;
9769
9770 Formals : List_Id;
9771 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
9772 Func_Body : Node_Id;
9773 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
9774
9775 begin
9776 A_J :=
9777 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9778 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
9779 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9780
9781 B_J :=
9782 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9783 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
9784 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9785
9786 C_J :=
9787 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9788 Prefix => New_Reference_To (C, Loc),
9789 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9790
9791 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_And then
9792 Op :=
9793 Make_Op_And (Loc,
9794 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9795 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9796
9797 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Op_Or then
9798 Op :=
9799 Make_Op_Or (Loc,
9800 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9801 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9802
9803 else
9804 Op :=
9805 Make_Op_Xor (Loc,
9806 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9807 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9808 end if;
9809
9810 Loop_Statement :=
9811 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
9812 Identifier => Empty,
9813
9814 Iteration_Scheme =>
9815 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
9816 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
9817 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9818 Defining_Identifier => J,
9819 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
9820 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9821 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
9822 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
9823
9824 Statements => New_List (
9825 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
9826 Name => C_J,
9827 Expression => Op)));
9828
9829 Formals := New_List (
9830 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9831 Defining_Identifier => A,
9832 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9833
9834 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9835 Defining_Identifier => B,
9836 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
9837
9838 Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A');
9839 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
9840
9841 Func_Body :=
9842 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
9843 Specification =>
9844 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
9845 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
9846 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
9847 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9848
9849 Declarations => New_List (
9850 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9851 Defining_Identifier => C,
9852 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
9853
9854 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
9855 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
9856 Statements => New_List (
9857 Loop_Statement,
9858 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9859 Expression => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)))));
9860
9861 return Func_Body;
9862 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op;
9863
9864 ------------------------
9865 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
9866 ------------------------
9867
9868 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
9869 Warning_Generated : Boolean := False;
9870 -- Set to True if first pass with Assume_Valid generates a warning in
9871 -- which case we skip the second pass to avoid warning overloaded.
9872
9873 Result : Node_Id;
9874 -- Set to Standard_True or Standard_False
9875
9876 begin
9877 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion then
9878 Rewrite_Comparison (Expression (N));
9879 return;
9880
9881 elsif Nkind (N) not in N_Op_Compare then
9882 return;
9883 end if;
9884
9885 -- Now start looking at the comparison in detail. We potentially go
9886 -- through this loop twice. The first time, Assume_Valid is set False
9887 -- in the call to Compile_Time_Compare. If this call results in a
9888 -- clear result of always True or Always False, that's decisive and
9889 -- we are done. Otherwise we repeat the processing with Assume_Valid
9890 -- set to True to generate additional warnings. We can skip that step
9891 -- if Constant_Condition_Warnings is False.
9892
9893 for AV in False .. True loop
9894 declare
9895 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9896 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9897 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9898
9899 Res : constant Compare_Result :=
9900 Compile_Time_Compare (Op1, Op2, Assume_Valid => AV);
9901 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
9902
9903 True_Result : Boolean;
9904 False_Result : Boolean;
9905
9906 begin
9907 case N_Op_Compare (Nkind (N)) is
9908 when N_Op_Eq =>
9909 True_Result := Res = EQ;
9910 False_Result := Res = LT or else Res = GT or else Res = NE;
9911
9912 when N_Op_Ge =>
9913 True_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9914 False_Result := Res = LT;
9915
9916 if Res = LE
9917 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9918 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9919 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Ge
9920 and then not In_Instance
9921 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9922 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9923 then
9924 Error_Msg_N
9925 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9926 Warning_Generated := True;
9927 end if;
9928
9929 when N_Op_Gt =>
9930 True_Result := Res = GT;
9931 False_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9932
9933 when N_Op_Lt =>
9934 True_Result := Res = LT;
9935 False_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9936
9937 when N_Op_Le =>
9938 True_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9939 False_Result := Res = GT;
9940
9941 if Res = GE
9942 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9943 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9944 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Le
9945 and then not In_Instance
9946 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9947 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9948 then
9949 Error_Msg_N
9950 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9951 Warning_Generated := True;
9952 end if;
9953
9954 when N_Op_Ne =>
9955 True_Result := Res = NE or else Res = GT or else Res = LT;
9956 False_Result := Res = EQ;
9957 end case;
9958
9959 -- If this is the first iteration, then we actually convert the
9960 -- comparison into True or False, if the result is certain.
9961
9962 if AV = False then
9963 if True_Result or False_Result then
9964 if True_Result then
9965 Result := Standard_True;
9966 else
9967 Result := Standard_False;
9968 end if;
9969
9970 Rewrite (N,
9971 Convert_To (Typ,
9972 New_Occurrence_Of (Result, Sloc (N))));
9973 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
9974 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
9975 return;
9976 end if;
9977
9978 -- If this is the second iteration (AV = True), and the original
9979 -- node comes from source and we are not in an instance, then give
9980 -- a warning if we know result would be True or False. Note: we
9981 -- know Constant_Condition_Warnings is set if we get here.
9982
9983 elsif Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9984 and then not In_Instance
9985 then
9986 if True_Result then
9987 Error_Msg_N
9988 ("condition can only be False if invalid values present?",
9989 N);
9990 elsif False_Result then
9991 Error_Msg_N
9992 ("condition can only be True if invalid values present?",
9993 N);
9994 end if;
9995 end if;
9996 end;
9997
9998 -- Skip second iteration if not warning on constant conditions or
9999 -- if the first iteration already generated a warning of some kind or
10000 -- if we are in any case assuming all values are valid (so that the
10001 -- first iteration took care of the valid case).
10002
10003 exit when not Constant_Condition_Warnings;
10004 exit when Warning_Generated;
10005 exit when Assume_No_Invalid_Values;
10006 end loop;
10007 end Rewrite_Comparison;
10008
10009 ----------------------------
10010 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
10011 ----------------------------
10012
10013 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
10014 (Lhs : Node_Id;
10015 Op1 : Node_Id;
10016 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean
10017 is
10018 Target : Entity_Id;
10019
10020 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean;
10021 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
10022 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
10023 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
10024
10025 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
10026 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
10027
10028 ------------------
10029 -- Is_Unaliased --
10030 ------------------
10031
10032 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
10033 begin
10034 return
10035 Is_Entity_Name (N)
10036 and then No (Address_Clause (Entity (N)))
10037 and then No (Renamed_Object (Entity (N)));
10038 end Is_Unaliased;
10039
10040 ---------------------
10041 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
10042 ---------------------
10043
10044 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean is
10045 begin
10046 if No (Op) then
10047 return True;
10048
10049 elsif Is_Entity_Name (Op) then
10050 return Is_Unaliased (Op);
10051
10052 elsif Nkind_In (Op, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component) then
10053 return Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op));
10054
10055 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Slice then
10056 return
10057 Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op))
10058 and then Entity (Prefix (Op)) /= Target;
10059
10060 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Op_Not then
10061 return Is_Safe_Operand (Right_Opnd (Op));
10062
10063 else
10064 return False;
10065 end if;
10066 end Is_Safe_Operand;
10067
10068 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
10069
10070 begin
10071 -- Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
10072 -- storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
10073
10074 if Component_Size (Etype (Lhs)) /= System_Storage_Unit then
10075 return False;
10076
10077 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
10078
10079 elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
10080 return False;
10081
10082 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
10083
10084 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep (Component_Type (Etype (Lhs))) then
10085 return False;
10086
10087 elsif not Is_Unaliased (Lhs) then
10088 return False;
10089
10090 else
10091 Target := Entity (Lhs);
10092 return Is_Safe_Operand (Op1) and then Is_Safe_Operand (Op2);
10093 end if;
10094 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op;
10095
10096 -----------------------
10097 -- Tagged_Membership --
10098 -----------------------
10099
10100 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
10101 -- operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
10102 -- tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
10103 --
10104 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
10105 --
10106 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
10107 -- usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
10108 -- dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
10109
10110 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
10111 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
10112 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
10113 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
10114
10115 procedure Tagged_Membership
10116 (N : Node_Id;
10117 SCIL_Node : out Node_Id;
10118 Result : out Node_Id)
10119 is
10120 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
10121 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
10122 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
10123
10124 Left_Type : Entity_Id;
10125 New_Node : Node_Id;
10126 Right_Type : Entity_Id;
10127 Obj_Tag : Node_Id;
10128
10129 begin
10130 SCIL_Node := Empty;
10131
10132 -- Handle entities from the limited view
10133
10134 Left_Type := Available_View (Etype (Left));
10135 Right_Type := Available_View (Etype (Right));
10136
10137 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type) then
10138 Left_Type := Root_Type (Left_Type);
10139 end if;
10140
10141 Obj_Tag :=
10142 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
10143 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Left),
10144 Selector_Name =>
10145 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Left_Type), Loc));
10146
10147 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
10148
10149 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
10150 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
10151 -- considering the following declarations:
10152
10153 -- type Iface is interface;
10154 -- type T is tagged null record;
10155 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
10156
10157 -- Obj1 : T;
10158 -- Obj2 : DT;
10159
10160 -- These membership tests are always true:
10161
10162 -- Obj1 in T'Class
10163 -- Obj2 in T'Class;
10164 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
10165
10166 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
10167 -- For example:
10168
10169 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
10170 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
10171
10172 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type)
10173 and then (Is_Ancestor (Etype (Right_Type), Left_Type)
10174 or else (Is_Interface (Etype (Right_Type))
10175 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
10176 (Typ => Left_Type,
10177 Iface => Etype (Right_Type))))
10178 then
10179 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
10180 return;
10181 end if;
10182
10183 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
10184
10185 if Is_Interface (Etype (Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type)))
10186
10187 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
10188
10189 or else Is_Interface (Left_Type)
10190 then
10191 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
10192 -- configurable run time setting.
10193
10194 if not RTE_Available (RE_IW_Membership) then
10195 Error_Msg_CRT
10196 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N);
10197 Result := Empty;
10198 return;
10199 end if;
10200
10201 Result :=
10202 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
10203 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_IW_Membership), Loc),
10204 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
10205 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10206 Prefix => Obj_Tag,
10207 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
10208 New_Reference_To (
10209 Node (First_Elmt
10210 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
10211 Loc)));
10212
10213 -- Ada 95: Normal case
10214
10215 else
10216 Build_CW_Membership (Loc,
10217 Obj_Tag_Node => Obj_Tag,
10218 Typ_Tag_Node =>
10219 New_Reference_To (
10220 Node (First_Elmt
10221 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
10222 Loc),
10223 Related_Nod => N,
10224 New_Node => New_Node);
10225
10226 -- Generate the SCIL node for this class-wide membership test.
10227 -- Done here because the previous call to Build_CW_Membership
10228 -- relocates Obj_Tag.
10229
10230 if Generate_SCIL then
10231 SCIL_Node := Make_SCIL_Membership_Test (Sloc (N));
10232 Set_SCIL_Entity (SCIL_Node, Etype (Right_Type));
10233 Set_SCIL_Tag_Value (SCIL_Node, Obj_Tag);
10234 end if;
10235
10236 Result := New_Node;
10237 end if;
10238
10239 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
10240
10241 else
10242 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
10243
10244 if Is_Abstract_Type (Right_Type) then
10245 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
10246
10247 else
10248 Result :=
10249 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
10250 Left_Opnd => Obj_Tag,
10251 Right_Opnd =>
10252 New_Reference_To
10253 (Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Right_Type))), Loc));
10254 end if;
10255 end if;
10256 end Tagged_Membership;
10257
10258 ------------------------------
10259 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
10260 ------------------------------
10261
10262 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
10263 begin
10264 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
10265 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
10266 end if;
10267 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks;
10268
10269 end Exp_Ch4;